WO2014123900A1 - Anti-cancer and anti-hiv compounds - Google Patents
Anti-cancer and anti-hiv compounds Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2014123900A1 WO2014123900A1 PCT/US2014/014668 US2014014668W WO2014123900A1 WO 2014123900 A1 WO2014123900 A1 WO 2014123900A1 US 2014014668 W US2014014668 W US 2014014668W WO 2014123900 A1 WO2014123900 A1 WO 2014123900A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- optionally substituted
- group
- alkyl
- hydrogen
- halogen
- Prior art date
Links
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 title claims abstract description 243
- 230000001093 anti-cancer Effects 0.000 title abstract description 4
- 230000036436 anti-hiv Effects 0.000 title description 3
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 75
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 21
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 15
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 13
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 12
- 206010005003 Bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 206010014733 Endometrial cancer Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 206010014759 Endometrial neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 208000008839 Kidney Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 206010058467 Lung neoplasm malignant Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 208000015914 Non-Hodgkin lymphomas Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 206010061902 Pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 208000015634 Rectal Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 206010038389 Renal cancer Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 208000024770 Thyroid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 208000007097 Urinary Bladder Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 208000029742 colonic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 201000010982 kidney cancer Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 201000005202 lung cancer Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 208000020816 lung neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 208000015486 malignant pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 201000002528 pancreatic cancer Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 208000008443 pancreatic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 206010038038 rectal cancer Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 201000001275 rectum cancer Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 201000002510 thyroid cancer Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 201000005112 urinary bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 208000005017 glioblastoma Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 4
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 147
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 147
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 107
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 85
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 81
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical group 0.000 claims description 81
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 80
- -1 hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato Chemical group 0.000 claims description 77
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 77
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 76
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 63
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 46
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 42
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 39
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 38
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000000882 C2-C6 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 24
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 24
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 claims description 24
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 16
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 16
- 230000033115 angiogenesis Effects 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 9
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 claims description 8
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 208000031886 HIV Infections Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000037357 HIV infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 206010064930 age-related macular degeneration Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000033519 human immunodeficiency virus infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000002780 macular degeneration Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000006273 (C1-C3) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 201000001320 Atherosclerosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010012646 Diabetic blindness Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010038934 Retinopathy proliferative Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010025135 lupus erythematosus Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010039073 rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000009897 systematic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000006656 (C2-C4) alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010039491 Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000000053 blastoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000008184 embryoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N teixobactin Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H]1C(N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C[C@@H]2NC(=N)NC2)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)O[C@H]1C)[C@@H](C)CC)=O)NC)C1=CC=CC=C1 LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 abstract description 13
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 abstract description 5
- 239000002259 anti human immunodeficiency virus agent Substances 0.000 abstract 1
- 229940124411 anti-hiv antiviral agent Drugs 0.000 abstract 1
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 abstract 1
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 92
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 71
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 65
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical group 0.000 description 62
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 51
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 49
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 49
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 46
- KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium chloride Chemical compound [Li+].[Cl-] KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 36
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 35
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 35
- 125000004452 carbocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 34
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 30
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N Deuterated methanol Chemical compound [2H]OC([2H])([2H])[2H] OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N 0.000 description 28
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 28
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 27
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 26
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 26
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 24
- 102100024456 Cyclin-dependent kinase 8 Human genes 0.000 description 23
- 101000980937 Homo sapiens Cyclin-dependent kinase 8 Proteins 0.000 description 23
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 23
- KSGZCKSNTAJOJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cortistatin A Natural products C1=CN=CC2=CC(C3CCC4C56CCC7(O6)CC(C(C(O)C7=CC5=CCC43C)O)N(C)C)=CC=C21 KSGZCKSNTAJOJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 241000713772 Human immunodeficiency virus 1 Species 0.000 description 21
- KSGZCKSNTAJOJS-DZBMUNJRSA-N cortistatin A Chemical compound C1=CN=CC2=CC([C@H]3CC[C@H]4[C@@]56CC[C@@]7(O6)C[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H](O)C7=CC5=CC[C@@]43C)O)N(C)C)=CC=C21 KSGZCKSNTAJOJS-DZBMUNJRSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 21
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 21
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 21
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 21
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 20
- 125000001313 C5-C10 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 229910021591 Copper(I) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 18
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 18
- OXBLHERUFWYNTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M copper(I) chloride Chemical compound [Cu]Cl OXBLHERUFWYNTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 18
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pd(PPh3)4 Substances [Pd].C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 125000003601 C2-C6 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 16
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 15
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 14
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 12
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 12
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 11
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 9
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 9
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 9
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 208000034578 Multiple myelomas Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 125000004438 haloalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- WFOVEDJTASPCIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(4-methyl-5-pyridin-4-yl-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)methylamino]-n-[[2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl]benzamide Chemical compound N=1N=C(C=2C=CN=CC=2)N(C)C=1CNC(C=1)=CC=CC=1C(=O)NCC1=CC=CC=C1C(F)(F)F WFOVEDJTASPCIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 7
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K potassium phosphate Substances [K+].[K+].[K+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 6
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229940086542 triethylamine Drugs 0.000 description 6
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 5
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 5
- 101710149951 Protein Tat Proteins 0.000 description 5
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 238000012054 celltiter-glo Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 5
- 230000009036 growth inhibition Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 5
- LRRANMIEIZZDCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoquinolin-7-yl(trimethyl)stannane Chemical compound C1=CN=CC2=CC([Sn](C)(C)C)=CC=C21 LRRANMIEIZZDCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- KSAVQLQVUXSOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium lauroyl sarcosinate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)N(C)CC([O-])=O KSAVQLQVUXSOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 5
- CUYKNJBYIJFRCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-aminopyridine Chemical compound NC1=CC=CN=C1 CUYKNJBYIJFRCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 102000001253 Protein Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 4
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 230000003527 anti-angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 4
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000006735 epoxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- IKDUDTNKRLTJSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrazine hydrate Chemical compound O.NN IKDUDTNKRLTJSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 4
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 4
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 108060006633 protein kinase Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- IOOMXAQUNPWDLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[6-(diethylamino)-3-(diethyliminiumyl)-3h-xanthen-9-yl]-5-sulfobenzene-1-sulfonate Chemical compound C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1S([O-])(=O)=O IOOMXAQUNPWDLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- IRBAWVGZNJIROV-SFHVURJKSA-N 9-(2-cyclopropylethynyl)-2-[[(2s)-1,4-dioxan-2-yl]methoxy]-6,7-dihydropyrimido[6,1-a]isoquinolin-4-one Chemical compound C1=C2C3=CC=C(C#CC4CC4)C=C3CCN2C(=O)N=C1OC[C@@H]1COCCO1 IRBAWVGZNJIROV-SFHVURJKSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101100347605 Arabidopsis thaliana VIII-A gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101100347612 Arabidopsis thaliana VIII-B gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- JHUIKYZEATUSTL-RETRYWEWSA-N C[C@@]12C(I)=CC[C@H]1[C@]1(CC3)O[C@]3(CC([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)N(C)C)C3=CC1=CC2 Chemical compound C[C@@]12C(I)=CC[C@H]1[C@]1(CC3)O[C@]3(CC([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)N(C)C)C3=CC1=CC2 JHUIKYZEATUSTL-RETRYWEWSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical group OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine atom Chemical compound [F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 3
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108091000080 Phosphotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propanedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 3
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000005110 aryl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000005587 bubbling Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 102000020233 phosphotransferase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 230000023603 positive regulation of transcription initiation, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 description 3
- 235000011009 potassium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- YMXHPSHLTSZXKH-RVBZMBCESA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 5-[(3as,4s,6ar)-2-oxo-1,3,3a,4,6,6a-hexahydrothieno[3,4-d]imidazol-4-yl]pentanoate Chemical compound C([C@H]1[C@H]2NC(=O)N[C@H]2CS1)CCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O YMXHPSHLTSZXKH-RVBZMBCESA-N 0.000 description 2
- LBUJPTNKIBCYBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCNC2=C1 LBUJPTNKIBCYBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HMUNWXXNJPVALC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[4-[2-(2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-2-ylamino)pyrimidin-5-yl]piperazin-1-yl]-2-(2,4,6,7-tetrahydrotriazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-5-yl)ethanone Chemical compound C1C(CC2=CC=CC=C12)NC1=NC=C(C=N1)N1CCN(CC1)C(CN1CC2=C(CC1)NN=N2)=O HMUNWXXNJPVALC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UGRVYFQFDZRNMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,6-tri(propan-2-yl)benzenesulfonohydrazide Chemical compound CC(C)C1=CC(C(C)C)=C(S(=O)(=O)NN)C(C(C)C)=C1 UGRVYFQFDZRNMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LDXJRKWFNNFDSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2,4,6,7-tetrahydrotriazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-5-yl)-1-[4-[2-[[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methylamino]pyrimidin-5-yl]piperazin-1-yl]ethanone Chemical compound C1CN(CC2=NNN=C21)CC(=O)N3CCN(CC3)C4=CN=C(N=C4)NCC5=CC(=CC=C5)OC(F)(F)F LDXJRKWFNNFDSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CLRPXACRDTXENY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-ethynylpyridine Chemical compound C#CC1=CC=CN=C1 CLRPXACRDTXENY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 2
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 2
- IYHHRZBKXXKDDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N BI-605906 Chemical compound N=1C=2SC(C(N)=O)=C(N)C=2C(C(F)(F)CC)=CC=1N1CCC(S(C)(=O)=O)CC1 IYHHRZBKXXKDDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000011740 C57BL/6 mouse Methods 0.000 description 2
- UHNRLQRZRNKOKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCN(CC1=NC2=C(N1)C1=CC=C(C=C1N=C2N)C1=NNC=C1)C(C)=O Chemical compound CCN(CC1=NC2=C(N1)C1=CC=C(C=C1N=C2N)C1=NNC=C1)C(C)=O UHNRLQRZRNKOKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 2
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100024170 Cyclin-C Human genes 0.000 description 2
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N Deuterium Chemical compound [2H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 2
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101000980770 Homo sapiens Cyclin-C Proteins 0.000 description 2
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 2
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- POFVJRKJJBFPII-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-cyclopentyl-5-[2-[[5-[(4-ethylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl]pyridin-2-yl]amino]-5-fluoropyrimidin-4-yl]-4-methyl-1,3-thiazol-2-amine Chemical compound C1(CCCC1)NC=1SC(=C(N=1)C)C1=NC(=NC=C1F)NC1=NC=C(C=C1)CN1CCN(CC1)CC POFVJRKJJBFPII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[K+] WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-IGMARMGPSA-N Protium Chemical compound [1H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-IGMARMGPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyruvic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)C(O)=O LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 2
- 125000005631 S-sulfonamido group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000282898 Sus scrofa Species 0.000 description 2
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- QBYJBZPUGVGKQQ-SJJAEHHWSA-N aldrin Chemical compound C1[C@H]2C=C[C@@H]1[C@H]1[C@@](C3(Cl)Cl)(Cl)C(Cl)=C(Cl)[C@@]3(Cl)[C@H]12 QBYJBZPUGVGKQQ-SJJAEHHWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004183 alkoxy alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000004808 allyl alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229960000686 benzalkonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 2
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl(dimethyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C[NH+](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium sulfate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- MXFYYFVVIIWKFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N dicyclohexyl-[2-[2,6-di(propan-2-yloxy)phenyl]phenyl]phosphane Chemical compound CC(C)OC1=CC=CC(OC(C)C)=C1C1=CC=CC=C1P(C1CCCCC1)C1CCCCC1 MXFYYFVVIIWKFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 2
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940000406 drug candidate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012039 electrophile Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000003777 experimental drug Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003944 halohydrins Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- GHXZPUGJZVBLGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodoethene Chemical compound IC=C GHXZPUGJZVBLGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- FZWBNHMXJMCXLU-BLAUPYHCSA-N isomaltotriose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O)O1 FZWBNHMXJMCXLU-BLAUPYHCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 238000000021 kinase assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000013532 laser treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylparaben Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000017095 negative regulation of cell growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006186 oral dosage form Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 2
- PDTFCHSETJBPTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmercuric nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)O[Hg]C1=CC=CC=C1 PDTFCHSETJBPTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004592 phthalazinyl group Chemical group C1(=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910000160 potassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 235000013772 propylene glycol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- ZMEMBOIUHLWVRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinolin-7-ylboronic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=NC2=CC(B(O)O)=CC=C21 ZMEMBOIUHLWVRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N salicylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L thimerosal Chemical compound [Na+].CC[Hg]SC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229940033663 thimerosal Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 2
- UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiourea Chemical compound NC(N)=S UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000844 transformation Methods 0.000 description 2
- GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylamine Chemical compound CN(C)C GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- DGVVWUTYPXICAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N β‐Mercaptoethanol Chemical compound OCCS DGVVWUTYPXICAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UTLUCORTSA-N (+)-Neomenthol Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H]1CC[C@@H](C)C[C@@H]1O NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UTLUCORTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N (2R)-2-hydroxy-2-phenylacetic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1.O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1 QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trimethoxy-6-(methoxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4,5,6-trimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane Chemical compound CO[C@@H]1[C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](COC)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)O[C@@H]2COC)OC)O[C@@H]1COC LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006706 (C3-C6) carbocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M .beta-Phenylacrylic acid Natural products [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M 0.000 description 1
- YCAYTKNFKBHFCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,3a,4,6,6a-hexahydrothieno[3,4-d]imidazol-2-one Chemical compound C1SCC2NC(=O)NC21 YCAYTKNFKBHFCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IGERFAHWSHDDHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxanyl Chemical group [CH]1OCCCO1 IGERFAHWSHDDHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FLOJNXXFMHCMMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dithiolanyl Chemical group [CH]1SCCS1 FLOJNXXFMHCMMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KFHQOZXAFUKFNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-oxathiolanyl Chemical group [CH]1OCCS1 KFHQOZXAFUKFNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005940 1,4-dioxanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- YIWGJFPJRAEKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(2H-benzotriazol-5-yl)-3-methyl-8-[2-[[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methylamino]pyrimidine-5-carbonyl]-1,3,8-triazaspiro[4.5]decane-2,4-dione Chemical compound CN1C(=O)N(c2ccc3n[nH]nc3c2)C2(CCN(CC2)C(=O)c2cnc(NCc3cccc(OC(F)(F)F)c3)nc2)C1=O YIWGJFPJRAEKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XTPGHCSIOSVNBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-indazol-5-yl(trimethyl)stannane Chemical compound C[Sn](C)(C)C1=CC=C2NN=CC2=C1 XTPGHCSIOSVNBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VZSRBBMJRBPUNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-2-ylamino)-N-[3-oxo-3-(2,4,6,7-tetrahydrotriazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-5-yl)propyl]pyrimidine-5-carboxamide Chemical compound C1C(CC2=CC=CC=C12)NC1=NC=C(C=N1)C(=O)NCCC(N1CC2=C(CC1)NN=N2)=O VZSRBBMJRBPUNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000069 2-butynyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C#CC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- ISPYQTSUDJAMAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chlorophenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1Cl ISPYQTSUDJAMAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTWJRLJHJPIABL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylphenol;3-methylphenol;4-methylphenol Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1.CC1=CC=CC(O)=C1.CC1=CC=CC=C1O QTWJRLJHJPIABL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000094 2-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azaniumyl-2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound NCC(O)C(O)=O BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006201 3-phenylpropyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- NUKYPUAOHBNCPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminopyridine Chemical compound NC1=CC=NC=C1 NUKYPUAOHBNCPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005986 4-piperidonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- XKTKNHYNPBCGSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-trimethylstannyl-2h-isoquinolin-1-one Chemical compound C1=CNC(=O)C2=CC([Sn](C)(C)C)=CC=C21 XKTKNHYNPBCGSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XBIGWWZFNSHVRD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-trimethylstannyl-2h-quinazolin-3-amine Chemical compound NN1CN=C2C=C([Sn](C)(C)C)C=CC2=C1 XBIGWWZFNSHVRD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010011485 Aspartame Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Borate Chemical compound [O-]B([O-])[O-] BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004255 Butylated hydroxyanisole Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004322 Butylated hydroxytoluene Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylhydroxytoluene Chemical compound CC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000041 C6-C10 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- SPBRWWWAVICVQJ-MYAJKMHJSA-N CC12C(c(cc3)cc4c3nc(C)[o]4)=CCC1[C@]1(CC3)O[C@]3(CC([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)[N-](C)C)C3=CC1=CC2(C)C Chemical compound CC12C(c(cc3)cc4c3nc(C)[o]4)=CCC1[C@]1(CC3)O[C@]3(CC([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)[N-](C)C)C3=CC1=CC2(C)C SPBRWWWAVICVQJ-MYAJKMHJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 0 C[C@@]1(CC2O)C(*)=CCC1C(CC1)=C2C=C(C(C(C(C2)N(C)C)O)O)C12O Chemical compound C[C@@]1(CC2O)C(*)=CCC1C(CC1)=C2C=C(C(C(C(C2)N(C)C)O)O)C12O 0.000 description 1
- ACPYZQWULHSKAW-KTQDCQPGSA-N C[C@@]1(CC=C2C3)C(c(cc4)cc5c4cc(N)nc5)=CCC1[C@]2(CC1)O[C@]1(CC([C@H]([C@@H]1O)O)[N-](C)C)C31F Chemical compound C[C@@]1(CC=C2C3)C(c(cc4)cc5c4cc(N)nc5)=CCC1[C@]2(CC1)O[C@]1(CC([C@H]([C@@H]1O)O)[N-](C)C)C31F ACPYZQWULHSKAW-KTQDCQPGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HTYHKUPTXKQIFP-OMVBFJBBSA-N C[C@@]1(CC=C2C3)C(c(cc4)cc5c4ccnc5)=CCC1[C@]2(CC1)O[C@]1(CC([C@H]([C@@H]1O)O)N(C)C)C31F Chemical compound C[C@@]1(CC=C2C3)C(c(cc4)cc5c4ccnc5)=CCC1[C@]2(CC1)O[C@]1(CC([C@H]([C@@H]1O)O)N(C)C)C31F HTYHKUPTXKQIFP-OMVBFJBBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZMESPCJZAGXPIK-HRRSWFEZSA-N C[C@@]1(CC=C2C3)C(c(cc4)cc5c4ccnc5Cl)=CCC1[C@]2(CC1)O[C@]1(CC([C@H]([C@@H]1O)O)N(C)C)C31F Chemical compound C[C@@]1(CC=C2C3)C(c(cc4)cc5c4ccnc5Cl)=CCC1[C@]2(CC1)O[C@]1(CC([C@H]([C@@H]1O)O)N(C)C)C31F ZMESPCJZAGXPIK-HRRSWFEZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DIBKRMNFADSLHC-PFGNFARPSA-N C[C@@]12C(/C=C/c3cnccc3)=CCC1[C@]1(CC3)O[C@]3(CC([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)N(C)C)C3=CC1=CC2(C)C Chemical compound C[C@@]12C(/C=C/c3cnccc3)=CCC1[C@]1(CC3)O[C@]3(CC([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)N(C)C)C3=CC1=CC2(C)C DIBKRMNFADSLHC-PFGNFARPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FNPGNZSBKPLNPC-VBGKWQTISA-N C[C@@]12C(C(Nc3c(C)nccc3)=O)=CCC1[C@]1(CC3)O[C@]3(CC([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)N(C)C)C3=CC1=CC2(C)C Chemical compound C[C@@]12C(C(Nc3c(C)nccc3)=O)=CCC1[C@]1(CC3)O[C@]3(CC([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)N(C)C)C3=CC1=CC2(C)C FNPGNZSBKPLNPC-VBGKWQTISA-N 0.000 description 1
- PSMWIEOWGJIRMM-MOXACNBFSA-N C[C@@]12C(c(cc3)cc4c3[o]c(C)n4)=CCC1[C@]1(CC3)O[C@]3(CC([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)[N-](C)C)C3=CC1=CC2(C)C Chemical compound C[C@@]12C(c(cc3)cc4c3[o]c(C)n4)=CCC1[C@]1(CC3)O[C@]3(CC([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)[N-](C)C)C3=CC1=CC2(C)C PSMWIEOWGJIRMM-MOXACNBFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OOVWXVNXKFVMKI-MFSWJOQNSA-N C[C@@]12C(c(cc3)cc4c3nc[o]4)=CCC1[C@]1(CC3)O[C@]3(CC([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)N(C)C)C3=CC1=CC2(C)C Chemical compound C[C@@]12C(c(cc3)cc4c3nc[o]4)=CCC1[C@]1(CC3)O[C@]3(CC([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)N(C)C)C3=CC1=CC2(C)C OOVWXVNXKFVMKI-MFSWJOQNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DJRHLAVBKBSVGC-XBCWHHJOSA-N C[C@@]12C(c(cc3)ccc3C#N)=CCC1[C@]1(CC3)O[C@]3(CC([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)N(C)C)C3=CC1=CC2(C)C Chemical compound C[C@@]12C(c(cc3)ccc3C#N)=CCC1[C@]1(CC3)O[C@]3(CC([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)N(C)C)C3=CC1=CC2(C)C DJRHLAVBKBSVGC-XBCWHHJOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UYELJTVBJDKWDK-ACYPJHKYSA-N C[C@@]12C(c3cc4ccccc4cc3)=CC[C@H]1[C@]1(CC3)O[C@]3(CC([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)N(C)C)C3=CC1=CC2 Chemical compound C[C@@]12C(c3cc4ccccc4cc3)=CC[C@H]1[C@]1(CC3)O[C@]3(CC([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)N(C)C)C3=CC1=CC2 UYELJTVBJDKWDK-ACYPJHKYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ATXGROXNQZBCJV-ISGTVUOKSA-N C[C@@]12C(c3cc4cccnc4cc3)=CCC1[C@]1(CC3)O[C@]3(CC([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)[N-2](C)C)C3=CC1=CC2(C)C Chemical compound C[C@@]12C(c3cc4cccnc4cc3)=CCC1[C@]1(CC3)O[C@]3(CC([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)[N-2](C)C)C3=CC1=CC2(C)C ATXGROXNQZBCJV-ISGTVUOKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BCLLTCLCHXABMK-FEOHYZDXSA-N C[C@@]12C(c3cc4ccnnc4cc3)=CCC1[C@]1(CC3)O[C@]3(CC([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)N(C)C)C3=CC1=CC2(C)C Chemical compound C[C@@]12C(c3cc4ccnnc4cc3)=CCC1[C@]1(CC3)O[C@]3(CC([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)N(C)C)C3=CC1=CC2(C)C BCLLTCLCHXABMK-FEOHYZDXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DATSEBYHSDRCIQ-FEOHYZDXSA-N C[C@@]12C(c3cc4ncncc4cc3)=CCC1[C@]1(CC3)O[C@]3(CC([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)N(C)C)C3=CC1=CC2(C)C Chemical compound C[C@@]12C(c3cc4ncncc4cc3)=CCC1[C@]1(CC3)O[C@]3(CC([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)N(C)C)C3=CC1=CC2(C)C DATSEBYHSDRCIQ-FEOHYZDXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PVCXWZFBFNPFHC-XBCWHHJOSA-N C[C@@]12C(c3ccc(CO)cc3)=CCC1[C@]1(CC3)O[C@]3(CC([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)N(C)C)C3=CC1=CC2(C)C Chemical compound C[C@@]12C(c3ccc(CO)cc3)=CCC1[C@]1(CC3)O[C@]3(CC([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)N(C)C)C3=CC1=CC2(C)C PVCXWZFBFNPFHC-XBCWHHJOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SRKQOVOZMRXEBC-HXNVBPGSSA-N C[C@@]12C3=CCC1[C@]1(CC4)O[C@]4(CC([C@H]([C@@H]4O)O)N(C)C)C4=CC1=CC2(C)c1ccnc2c1c3ccc2 Chemical compound C[C@@]12C3=CCC1[C@]1(CC4)O[C@]4(CC([C@H]([C@@H]4O)O)N(C)C)C4=CC1=CC2(C)c1ccnc2c1c3ccc2 SRKQOVOZMRXEBC-HXNVBPGSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QYFQDJUJVURSKW-HXNVBPGSSA-N C[C@@]12C3=CCC1[C@]1(CC4)O[C@]4(CC([C@H]([C@@H]4O)O)N(C)C)C4=CC1=CC2(C)c1cncc2cccc3c12 Chemical compound C[C@@]12C3=CCC1[C@]1(CC4)O[C@]4(CC([C@H]([C@@H]4O)O)N(C)C)C4=CC1=CC2(C)c1cncc2cccc3c12 QYFQDJUJVURSKW-HXNVBPGSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HFWUXRGTWGCMGI-CUAVUQSISA-N C[C@](CC1O)(C(CC2)C(CC3)=C1C=C(C(C(C(C1)N(C)C)O)O)C31O)C2=O Chemical compound C[C@](CC1O)(C(CC2)C(CC3)=C1C=C(C(C(C(C1)N(C)C)O)O)C31O)C2=O HFWUXRGTWGCMGI-CUAVUQSISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700198 Cavia Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920000623 Cellulose acetate phthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000005590 Choroidal Neovascularization Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010060823 Choroidal neovascularisation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N Cinnamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N DL-menthol Natural products CC(C)C1CCC(C)CC1O NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920003134 Eudragit® polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000287828 Gallus gallus Species 0.000 description 1
- CEAZRRDELHUEMR-URQXQFDESA-N Gentamicin Chemical compound O1[C@H](C(C)NC)CC[C@@H](N)[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](NC)[C@@](C)(O)CO2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N CEAZRRDELHUEMR-URQXQFDESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182566 Gentamicin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 241001272567 Hominoidea Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004354 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- PWKSKIMOESPYIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-N-acetyl-Cysteine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(O)=O PWKSKIMOESPYIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182816 L-glutamine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910021380 Manganese Chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GLFNIEUTAYBVOC-UHFFFAOYSA-L Manganese chloride Chemical compound Cl[Mn]Cl GLFNIEUTAYBVOC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 244000246386 Mentha pulegium Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016257 Mentha pulegium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000004357 Mentha x piperita Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl methacrylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C(C)=C VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone Chemical compound C=CN1CCCC1=O WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-N-methylprop-2-en-1-amine Chemical compound CN(CCC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)CC=C GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282579 Pan Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930040373 Paraformaldehyde Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 208000034038 Pathologic Neovascularization Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920002413 Polyhexanide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000720974 Protium Species 0.000 description 1
- IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N R-2-phenyl-2-hydroxyacetic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012980 RPMI-1640 medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000220010 Rhode Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000006202 Sharpless epoxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001800 Shellac Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000006932 Simmons-Smith cyclopropanation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bisulfite Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])=O DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 240000006474 Theobroma bicolor Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011481 absorbance measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003070 absorption delaying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008351 acetate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940045942 acetone sodium bisulfite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 229960004308 acetylcysteine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000641 acridinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011149 active material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005073 adamantyl group Chemical group C12(CC3CC(CC(C1)C3)C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000007259 addition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001464 adherent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004103 aminoalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000011114 ammonium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004037 angiogenesis inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121369 angiogenesis inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002178 anthracenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000259 anti-tumor effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011225 antiretroviral therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000006615 aromatic heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000605 aspartame Substances 0.000 description 1
- IAOZJIPTCAWIRG-QWRGUYRKSA-N aspartame Chemical compound OC(=O)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)OC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 IAOZJIPTCAWIRG-QWRGUYRKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010357 aspartame Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003438 aspartame Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012131 assay buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011914 asymmetric synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002785 azepinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003828 azulenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003385 bacteriostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- UREZNYTWGJKWBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzethonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(C(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C)=CC=C1OCCOCC[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 UREZNYTWGJKWBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960001950 benzethonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004541 benzoxazolyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004369 butenyl group Chemical group C(=CCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000019282 butylated hydroxyanisole Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940043253 butylated hydroxyanisole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CZBZUDVBLSSABA-UHFFFAOYSA-N butylated hydroxyanisole Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1.COC1=CC=C(O)C=C1C(C)(C)C CZBZUDVBLSSABA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010354 butylated hydroxytoluene Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940095259 butylated hydroxytoluene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000480 butynyl group Chemical group [*]C#CC([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000000609 carbazolyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920003090 carboxymethyl hydroxyethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000000747 cardiac effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006555 catalytic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000032823 cell division Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940081734 cellulose acetate phthalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052729 chemical element Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000000973 chemotherapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007910 chewable tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013985 cinnamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930016911 cinnamic acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 125000000259 cinnolinyl group Chemical group N1=NC(=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000007979 citrate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008504 concentrate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000005687 corn oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002285 corn oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006184 cosolvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012343 cottonseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002385 cottonseed oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930003836 cresol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229940013361 cresol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001651 cyanato group Chemical group [*]OC#N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004850 cyclobutylmethyl group Chemical group C1(CCC1)C* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006622 cycloheptylmethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004210 cyclohexylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004851 cyclopentylmethyl group Chemical group C1(CCCC1)C* 0.000 description 1
- 238000005888 cyclopropanation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004186 cyclopropylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000001085 cytostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007405 data analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009849 deactivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052805 deuterium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000723 dihydrobenzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- HRKQOINLCJTGBK-UHFFFAOYSA-L dioxidosulfate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]S[O-] HRKQOINLCJTGBK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 125000005879 dioxolanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007876 drug discovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940124274 edetate disodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007350 electrophilic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003974 emollient agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000002118 epoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethanesulfonate Chemical compound CCS([O-])(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960004667 ethyl cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010944 ethyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001761 ethyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013401 experimental design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ISXSFOPKZQZDAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N formaldehyde;sodium Chemical compound [Na].O=C ISXSFOPKZQZDAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000008369 fruit flavor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011087 fumaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001408 fungistatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002518 gentamicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004475 heteroaralkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004446 heteroarylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006038 hexenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005980 hexynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000001050 hortel pimenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019447 hydroxyethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920003132 hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940031704 hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002632 imidazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002636 imidazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- PQNFLJBBNBOBRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N indane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCC2=C1 PQNFLJBBNBOBRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003387 indolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011081 inoculation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007917 intracranial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 1
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodine Chemical compound II PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodomethane Chemical compound IC INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003456 ion exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003303 ion-exchange polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000001261 isocyanato group Chemical group *N=C=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000004594 isoindolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000904 isoindolyl group Chemical group C=1(NC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003253 isopropoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(O*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- JJWLVOIRVHMVIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N isopropylamine Chemical compound CC(C)N JJWLVOIRVHMVIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DVXIODJJCSOACA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoquinolin-5-yl(trimethyl)stannane Chemical compound N1=CC=C2C([Sn](C)(C)C)=CC=CC2=C1 DVXIODJJCSOACA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001810 isothiocyanato group Chemical group *N=C=S 0.000 description 1
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000155 isotopic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003965 isoxazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003971 isoxazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006193 liquid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012139 lysis buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 159000000003 magnesium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002510 mandelic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011565 manganese chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L manganese(2+);methyl n-[[2-(methoxycarbonylcarbamothioylamino)phenyl]carbamothioyl]carbamate;n-[2-(sulfidocarbothioylamino)ethyl]carbamodithioate Chemical compound [Mn+2].[S-]C(=S)NCCNC([S-])=S.COC(=O)NC(=S)NC1=CC=CC=C1NC(=S)NC(=O)OC WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940041616 menthol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940098779 methanesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004292 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl p-hydroxycinnamate Natural products OC(=O)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002216 methylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 201000000050 myeloid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- SFMJNHNUOVADRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[5-[9-[4-(methanesulfonamido)phenyl]-2-oxobenzo[h][1,6]naphthyridin-1-yl]-2-methylphenyl]prop-2-enamide Chemical compound C1=C(NC(=O)C=C)C(C)=CC=C1N1C(=O)C=CC2=C1C1=CC(C=3C=CC(NS(C)(=O)=O)=CC=3)=CC=C1N=C2 SFMJNHNUOVADRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- YISWLJNLOQJQKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-propyl-6-trimethylstannylquinazolin-4-amine Chemical compound C1=C([Sn](C)(C)C)C=C2C(NCCC)=NC=NC2=C1 YISWLJNLOQJQKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001326 naphthylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006574 non-aromatic ring group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002997 ophthalmic solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002524 organometallic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000006408 oxalic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000000160 oxazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005968 oxazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003551 oxepanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000466 oxiranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N papa-hydroxy-benzoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002866 paraformaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003961 penetration enhancing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002255 pentenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005981 pentynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007967 peppermint flavor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010412 perfusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003742 phenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002504 physiological saline solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001983 poloxamer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000244 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940068968 polysorbate 80 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940100467 polyvinyl acetate phthalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019422 polyvinyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011164 potassium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001103 potassium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000003334 potential effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940069328 povidone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001566 pro-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001325 propanoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004368 propenyl group Chemical group C(=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- OSFBJERFMQCEQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylidene Chemical compound [CH]CC OSFBJERFMQCEQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002568 propynyl group Chemical group [*]C#CC([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008213 purified water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003072 pyrazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002755 pyrazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004929 pyrrolidonyl group Chemical group N1(C(CCC1)=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940107700 pyruvic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002294 quinazolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N quinbolone Chemical compound O([C@H]1CC[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4CC3)C)CC[C@@]21C)C1=CCCC1 IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011535 reaction buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001525 retina Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019204 saccharin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940081974 saccharin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000901 saccharin and its Na,K and Ca salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004889 salicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004208 shellac Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940113147 shellac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N shellac Chemical compound OCCCCCC(O)C(O)CCCCCCCC(O)=O.C1C23[C@H](C(O)=O)CCC2[C@](C)(CO)[C@@H]1C(C(O)=O)=C[C@@H]3O ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013874 shellac Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium benzoate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000010234 sodium benzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004299 sodium benzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- HRZFUMHJMZEROT-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium disulfite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S(=O)S([O-])(=O)=O HRZFUMHJMZEROT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000010267 sodium hydrogen sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940001584 sodium metabisulfite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010262 sodium metabisulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011008 sodium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium thiosulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=S AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940001474 sodium thiosulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019345 sodium thiosulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ZNJHFNUEQDVFCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid;hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+].OCCN1CCN(CCS(O)(=O)=O)CC1 ZNJHFNUEQDVFCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- YNJORDSKPXMABC-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium;2-hydroxypropane-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound [Na+].CC(C)(O)S(O)(=O)=O YNJORDSKPXMABC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002269 spontaneous effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000475 sulfinyl group Chemical group [*:2]S([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012385 systemic delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008399 tap water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020679 tap water Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004213 tert-butoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(O*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ZJITTXAETLFZSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl N-[4-[(6-trimethylstannylquinazolin-4-yl)amino]butyl]carbamate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NCCCCNc1ncnc2ccc(cc12)[Sn](C)(C)C ZJITTXAETLFZSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001412 tetrahydropyranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003507 tetrahydrothiofenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004632 tetrahydrothiopyranyl group Chemical group S1C(CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001113 thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001984 thiazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002769 thiazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001583 thiepanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000858 thiocyanato group Chemical group *SC#N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004568 thiomorpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000036962 time dependent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000451 tissue damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000827 tissue damage Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000012049 topical pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003146 transient transfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004306 triazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000876 trifluoromethoxy group Chemical group FC(F)(F)O* 0.000 description 1
- GEQLRPOZNCKPIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethyl(naphthalen-2-yl)stannane Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC([Sn](C)(C)C)=CC=C21 GEQLRPOZNCKPIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FIZPHLKQMSNMEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethyl(phthalazin-6-yl)stannane Chemical compound C1=NN=CC2=CC([Sn](C)(C)C)=CC=C21 FIZPHLKQMSNMEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VDHNKGVVXBUCFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethyl(pyridin-3-yl)stannane Chemical compound C[Sn](C)(C)C1=CC=CN=C1 VDHNKGVVXBUCFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NXZAYUQGBBHGIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethyl(quinazolin-6-yl)stannane Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=CC([Sn](C)(C)C)=CC=C21 NXZAYUQGBBHGIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OXRSMIFCTZSCKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethyl-(3-methyl-2h-indazol-5-yl)stannane Chemical compound C1=C([Sn](C)(C)C)C=C2C(C)=NNC2=C1 OXRSMIFCTZSCKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PUNBKWBNLVVGSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethyl-(3-methyl-2h-indazol-6-yl)stannane Chemical compound C1=C([Sn](C)(C)C)C=CC2=C(C)NN=C21 PUNBKWBNLVVGSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PQDJYEQOELDLCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylsilane Chemical compound C[SiH](C)C PQDJYEQOELDLCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YFTHZRPMJXBUME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tripropylamine Chemical compound CCCN(CCC)CCC YFTHZRPMJXBUME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005199 ultracentrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004095 viral genome expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D519/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing more than one system of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring system not provided for in groups C07D453/00 or C07D455/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
- A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
- A61P31/18—Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D493/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system
- C07D493/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D493/08—Bridged systems
Definitions
- This application relates to the fields of chemistry and medicine, more particularly to anti-cancer and anti-HIV compounds, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods of treatment.
- the human immunodeficiency virus type 1 (HIV) Tat protein a potent activator of HIV gene expression, is essential for integrated viral genome expression and represents a potential antiviral target.
- Tat binds the 5 '-terminal region of HIV mRNA's stem- bulge-loop structure, the transactivation-responsive (TAR) element, to activate transcription.
- TAR transactivation-responsive
- Inhibition of Tat-mediated transactivation of the integrated provirus by targeting the TAR- binding domain of Tat is under investigation. Identification of active agents that reduce Tat- mediated transcriptional initiation/elongation from the viral promoter to inhibit HIV-1 and HIV- 2 replication in acutely and chronically infected cells is an attractive target for drug discovery research. It is thought compounds that abrogate spontaneous viral particle release from CD4+T cells from virally suppressed subjects on highly active antiretro viral therapy (HAART) may have advantageous properties for treating individuals with diseases that arise from viral sources.
- HAART highly active antiretro viral therapy
- n 1 or 3;
- p is 1 or 3;
- q is l or 3;
- each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted hydroxyl, an optionally substituted amino, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C 7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 4 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 5 is selected from the group consisting of -L 1 -R 5A , an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 5A is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydro xyl, -SH, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkoxy;
- R 7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydro xyl, -SH, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkoxy, or optionally R and R together are oxygen or sulfur;
- R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl;
- each R 9 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkoxy, and optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl;
- R 11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, or optionally R 10 and R 11 together are oxo;
- R 3 and R 12 are hydrogen then R 5 is no
- R may be selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl and optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl.
- R 10 may be selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl and methyl.
- R 10 may be selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl.
- n 1, p is 1, q
- R 5 is not
- each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted hydroxyl, an optionally substituted amino, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 4 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 5 is selected from the group consisting of -L 1 -R 5A , an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 5A is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, -SH, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl;
- R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- each R 9 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl
- R 11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, or optionally R 10 and R 11 together are oxo;
- each dashed line independently represents an optional double bond.
- Still other embodiments described herein include a compound of Formula III:
- p is 1 or 3;
- q is 1 or 3;
- each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted hydroxyl, an optionally substituted amino, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- each R 3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally two adjacent R 3 together with the atoms to which they are attached is an optionally substituted C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl or optionally substituted 3-7 membered heterocycle ring;
- R 4 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 5 is selected from the group consisting of -L 1 -R 5A , an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 5A is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydro xyl, -SH, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkoxy;
- R 7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydro xyl, -SH, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkoxy, or optionally R and R together are oxygen or sulfur;
- R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl;
- each R 9 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl
- R 11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, or optionally R 10 and R 11 together are oxo;
- each dashed line independently represents an optional double bond.
- n 1 or 3;
- q is 1 or 3;
- each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted hydroxyl, an optionally substituted amino, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 4 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 5 is selected from the group consisting of -L 1 -R 5A , an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 5A is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydro xyl, -SH, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkoxy;
- R 7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydro xyl, -SH, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkoxy, or optionally R and R together are oxygen or sulfur;
- R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl;
- each R 9 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl
- R 11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, or optionally R 10 and R 11 together are oxo;
- each dashed line independently represents an optional double bond.
- Some embodiments described herein include a pharmaceutical composition, comprising a compound described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, excipient or combination thereof.
- Some embodiments described herein include a method of inhibiting angiogenesis, comprising administering a compound described herein to a subject in need thereof.
- Some embodiments described herein include a method of treating a disease selected from the group consisting of bladder cancer, breast cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, endometrial cancer, kidney cancer, lung cancer, melanoma, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, thyroid cancer, diabetic blindness, age-related macular degeneration, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, systematic lupus erythematosus, erythematosus, proliferative retinopathy, and atherosclerosis, comprising administering a compound described herein to a subject in need thereof.
- a disease selected from the group consisting of bladder cancer, breast cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, endometrial cancer, kidney cancer, lung cancer, melanoma, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, thyroid cancer, diabetic blindness, age-related macular degeneration, rheumatoid arthritis, psorias
- Some embodiments provide a method of inhibiting CDK8, comprising contacting CDK8 with a compound of Formula I, II, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the contacting CDK8 comprises administering a compound to a subject that has cancer.
- Some embodiments provide a method of inhibiting CDK8, comprising contacting CDK8 with dedihydrocortistatin A, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the contacting CDK8 comprises administering dedihydrocortistatin A to a subject that has cancer.
- the contacting CDK8 comprises administering a compound to a subject that has a viral infection.
- the viral infection is HBV, HCV, CMV, and HIV.
- Some embodiments provide a method of treating a cancer that is not treatable by inhibiting angiogenesis, comprising administering a compound of Formula I, II, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need thereof.
- Some embodiments provide a method of treating a cancer that is not treatable by inhibiting angiogenesis, comprising administering dedihydrocortistatin A, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need thereof.
- the cancer is leukemia.
- the cancer is multiple myeloma.
- Some embodiments provide a method of treating melanoma, comprising administering dedihydrocortistatin A, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need thereof. Some embodiments provide a method of treating multiple myeloma, comprising administering dedihydrocortistatin A, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need thereof.
- Some embodiments provide a method of treating melanoma, comprising administering a compound of Formula I, II, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need thereof. Some embodiments provide a method of treating multiple myeloma, comprising administering a compound of Formula I, II, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need thereof.
- Some embodiments described herein include a method of inhibiting HIV replication, comprising administering a compound described herein to a subject infected with HIV.
- some embodiments described herein include a method of preventing an HIV infection, comprising administering a compound described herein to a subject at risk for said infection.
- Solidvate refers to the compound formed by the interaction of a solvent and a compound described herein or salt thereof. Suitable solvates are pharmaceutically acceptable solvates including hydrates.
- pharmaceutically acceptable salt refers to salts that retain the biological effectiveness and properties of a compound and, which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable for use in a pharmaceutical.
- the compounds disclosed herein are capable of forming acid and/or base salts by virtue of the presence of amino and/or carboxyl groups or groups similar thereto.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts can be formed with inorganic acids and organic acids. Inorganic acids from which salts can be derived include, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like.
- Organic acids from which salts can be derived include, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts can be formed with inorganic and organic bases.
- Inorganic bases from which salts can be derived include, for example, sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum, and the like; particularly preferred are the ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium and magnesium salts.
- Organic bases from which salts can be derived include, for example, primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines, basic ion exchange resins, and the like, specifically such as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, and ethanolamine. Many such salts are known in the art, as described in WO 87/05297, Johnston et al, published September 11, 1987 (incorporated by reference herein in its entirety).
- C a to C b or "C a _b” in which "a” and “b” are integers refer to the number of carbon atoms in the specified group. That is, the group can contain from “a” to "b", inclusive, carbon atoms.
- a “Ci to C 4 alkyl” or “Ci_ 4 alkyl” group refers to all alkyl groups having from 1 to 4 carbons, that is, CH 3 -, CH 3 CH 2 -, CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 -, (CH 3 ) 2 CH-, CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, CH 3 CH 2 CH(CH 3 )- and (CH 3 ) 3 C-.
- halogen or "halo,” as used herein, means any one of the radio- stable atoms of column 7 of the Periodic Table of the Elements, e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine, with fluorine and chlorine being preferred.
- alkyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain that is fully saturated (i.e., contains no double or triple bonds).
- the alkyl group may have 1 to 20 carbon atoms (whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as “1 to 20” refers to each integer in the given range; e.g., "1 to 20 carbon atoms” means that the alkyl group may consist of 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "alkyl” where no numerical range is designated).
- the alkyl group may also be a medium size alkyl having 1 to 9 carbon atoms.
- the alkyl group could also be a lower alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- the alkyl group may be designated as "Ci_ 4 alkyl” or similar designations.
- “Ci_ 4 alkyl” indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the alkyl chain, i.e., the alkyl chain is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso- butyl, sec-butyl, and t-butyl.
- Typical alkyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tertiary butyl, pentyl, hexyl, and the like.
- alkoxy refers to the formula -OR wherein R is an alkyl as is defined above, such as "Ci_ 9 alkoxy", including but not limited to methoxy, ethoxy, n- propoxy, 1-methylethoxy (isopropoxy), n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, sec-butoxy, and tert-butoxy, and the like.
- alkylthio refers to the formula -SR wherein R is an alkyl as is defined above, such as "Ci_g alkylthio” and the like, including but not limited to methylmercapto, ethylmercapto, n-propylmercapto, 1-methylethylmercapto
- alkenyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain containing one or more double bonds.
- the alkenyl group may have 2 to 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "alkenyl” where no numerical range is designated.
- the alkenyl group may also be a medium size alkenyl having 2 to 9 carbon atoms.
- the alkenyl group could also be a lower alkenyl having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
- the alkenyl group may be designated as "C 2 _ 4 alkenyl" or similar designations.
- C 2 _ 4 alkenyl indicates that there are two to four carbon atoms in the alkenyl chain, i.e., the alkenyl chain is selected from the group consisting of ethenyl, propen-l-yl, propen-2-yl, propen-3-yl, buten-l-yl, buten-2-yl, buten-3-yl, buten-4-yl, 1-methyl-propen-l-yl, 2-methyl-propen-l-yl, 1 -ethyl-ethen-l-yl, 2-methyl-propen-3-yl, buta-l ,3-dienyl, buta-1 ,2,- dienyl, and buta-l ,2-dien-4-yl.
- Typical alkenyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, and hexenyl, and the like.
- alkynyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain containing one or more triple bonds.
- the alkynyl group may have 2 to 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "alkynyl” where no numerical range is designated.
- the alkynyl group may also be a medium size alkynyl having 2 to 9 carbon atoms.
- the alkynyl group could also be a lower alkynyl having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
- the alkynyl group may be designated as "C 2 _ 4 alkynyl” or similar designations.
- “C 2 _ 4 alkynyl” indicates that there are two to four carbon atoms in the alkynyl chain, i.e., the alkynyl chain is selected from the group consisting of ethynyl, propyn-l-yl, propyn-2-yl, butyn-l-yl, butyn-3-yl, butyn-4-yl, and 2-butynyl.
- Typical alkynyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, and hexynyl, and the like.
- heteroalkyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain containing one or more heteroatoms, that is, an element other than carbon, including but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, in the chain backbone.
- the heteroalkyl group may have 1 to 20 carbon atom, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "heteroalkyl” where no numerical range is designated.
- the heteroalkyl group may also be a medium size heteroalkyl having 1 to 9 carbon atoms.
- the heteroalkyl group could also be a lower heteroalkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- the heteroalkyl group may be designated as "Ci_ 4 heteroalkyl" or similar designations.
- the heteroalkyl group may contain one or more heteroatoms.
- “Ci_ 4 heteroalkyl” indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the heteroalkyl chain and additionally one or more heteroatoms in the backbone of the chain.
- aromatic refers to a ring or ring system having a conjugated pi electron system and includes both carbocyclic aromatic (e.g., phenyl) and heterocyclic aromatic groups (e.g., pyridine).
- carbocyclic aromatic e.g., phenyl
- heterocyclic aromatic groups e.g., pyridine
- the term includes monocyclic or fused-ring polycyclic (i.e., rings which share adjacent pairs of atoms) groups provided that the entire ring system is aromatic.
- aryl refers to an aromatic ring or ring system (i.e., two or more fused rings that share two adjacent carbon atoms) containing only carbon in the ring backbone. When the aryl is a ring system, every ring in the system is aromatic.
- the aryl group may have 6 to 18 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "aryl” where no numerical range is designated. In some embodiments, the aryl group has 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
- the aryl group may be designated as "C 6 -io aryl,” “C 6 or C 10 aryl,” or similar designations. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, azulenyl, and anthracenyl.
- aryloxy and arylthio refers to RO- and RS-, in which R is an aryl as is defined above, such as “C 6 -io aryloxy” or “C 6 -io arylthio” and the like, including but not limited to phenyloxy.
- an "aralkyl” or “arylalkyl” is an aryl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group, such as "C 7-14 aralkyl” and the like, including but not limited to benzyl, 2- phenylethyl, 3-phenylpropyl, and naphthylalkyl.
- the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group (i.e., a C 1-4 alkylene group).
- heteroaryl refers to an aromatic ring or ring system (i.e., two or more fused rings that share two adjacent atoms) that contain(s) one or more heteroatoms, that is, an element other than carbon, including but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, in the ring backbone.
- heteroaryl is a ring system, every ring in the system is aromatic.
- the heteroaryl group may have 5-18 ring members (i.e., the number of atoms making up the ring backbone, including carbon atoms and heteroatoms), although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "heteroaryl" where no numerical range is designated.
- the heteroaryl group has 5 to 10 ring members or 5 to 7 ring members.
- the heteroaryl group may be designated as "5-7 membered heteroaryl,” "5-10 membered heteroaryl,” or similar designations.
- heteroaryl rings include, but are not limited to, furyl, thienyl, phthalazinyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinlinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, and benzothienyl.
- a “heteroaralkyl” or “heteroarylalkyl” is heteroaryl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group. Examples include but are not limited to 2-thienylmethyl, 3- thienylmethyl, furylmethyl, thienylethyl, pyrrolylalkyl, pyridylalkyl, isoxazoUylalkyl, and imidazolylalkyl.
- the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group (i.e., a Ci_ 4 alkylene group).
- carbocyclyl means a non-aromatic cyclic ring or ring system containing only carbon atoms in the ring system backbone. When the carbocyclyl is a ring system, two or more rings may be joined together in a fused, bridged or spiro-connected fashion. Carbocyclyls may have any degree of saturation provided that at least one ring in a ring system is not aromatic. Thus, carbocyclyls include cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, and cycloalkynyls.
- the carbocyclyl group may have 3 to 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "carbocyclyl” where no numerical range is designated.
- the carbocyclyl group may also be a medium size carbocyclyl having 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
- the carbocyclyl group could also be a carbocyclyl having 3 to 6 carbon atoms.
- the carbocyclyl group may be designated as "C 3 _ 6 carbocyclyl" or similar designations.
- carbocyclyl rings include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, 2,3-dihydro-indene, bicycle[2.2.2]octanyl, adamantyl, and spiro[4.4]nonanyl.
- a "(carbocyclyl)alkyl” is a carbocyclyl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group, such as "C 4 _io (carbocyclyl)alkyl” and the like, including but not limited to, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopropylethyl, cyclopropylbutyl, cyclobutylethyl, cyclopropylisopropyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclohexylethyl, cycloheptylmethyl, and the like.
- the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group.
- cycloalkyl means a fully saturated carbocyclyl ring or ring system. Examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl.
- cycloalkenyl means a carbocyclyl ring or ring system having at least one double bond, wherein no ring in the ring system is aromatic.
- An example is cyclohexenyl.
- heterocyclyl means a non-aromatic cyclic ring or ring system containing at least one heteroatom in the ring backbone. Heterocyclyls may be joined together in a fused, bridged or spiro-connected fashion. Heterocyclyls may have any degree of saturation provided that at least one ring in the ring system is not aromatic. The heteroatom(s) may be present in either a non-aromatic or aromatic ring in the ring system.
- the heterocyclyl group may have 3 to 20 ring members (i.e., the number of atoms making up the ring backbone, including carbon atoms and heteroatoms), although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "heterocyclyl” where no numerical range is designated.
- the heterocyclyl group may also be a medium size heterocyclyl having 3 to 10 ring members.
- the heterocyclyl group could also be a heterocyclyl having 3 to 6 ring members.
- the heterocyclyl group may be designated as "3-6 membered heterocyclyl" or similar designations.
- the heteroatom(s) are selected from one up to three of O, N or S, and in preferred five membered monocyclic heterocyclyls, the heteroatom(s) are selected from one or two heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S.
- heterocyclyl rings include, but are not limited to, azepinyl, acridinyl, carbazolyl, cinnolinyl, dioxolanyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, morpholinyl, oxiranyl, oxepanyl, thiepanyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, dioxopiperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, pyrrolidionyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, 1,3-dioxinyl, 1,3-dioxanyl, 1 ,4-dioxinyl, 1 ,4-dioxanyl, 1,3-oxathianyl, 1,4- oxathiinyl, 1 ,4-oxathianyl, 2H-l,2-oxazinyl, triox
- a "(heterocyclyl)alkyl” is a heterocyclyl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group. Examples include, but are not limited to, imidazolinylmethyl and indolinylethyl.
- R is hydrogen, Ci_ 6 alkyl, C 2 -6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-7 carbocyclyl, C 6 -io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
- Non-limiting examples include formyl, acetyl, propanoyl, benzoyl, and acryl.
- R is selected from hydrogen, Ci_ 6 alkyl, C 2 - 6 alkenyl, C 2 _ 6 alkynyl, C 3 _ 7 carbocyclyl, C 6 _io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
- a "cyano” group refers to a "-CN” group.
- a "cyanato” group refers to an "-OCN” group.
- An "isocyanato” group refers to a "-NCO” group.
- a "thiocyanato" group refers to a "-SCN” group.
- An "isothiocyanato" group refers to an " -NCS” group.
- a “sulfonyl” group refers to an "-SO 2 R” group in which R is selected from hydrogen, Ci_ 6 alkyl, C 2 - 6 alkenyl, C 2 - 6 alkynyl, C 3 _ 7 carbocyclyl, C 6-1 o aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
- S-sulfonamido refers to a "-S0 2 NRAR B " group in which RA and R B are each independently selected from hydrogen, Ci_ 6 alkyl, C 2 - 6 alkenyl, C 2 - 6 alkynyl, C 3 _ 7 carbocyclyl, C 6 -io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
- N-sulfonamido refers to a "-N(RA)S02R B " group in which RA and R b are each independently selected from hydrogen, Ci_ 6 alkyl, C 2 - 6 alkenyl, C 2 - 6 alkynyl, C 3 _ 7 carbocyclyl, C 6 -io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
- An “amino” group refers to a "-NR A R B " group in which R A and R B are each independently selected from hydrogen, Ci_ 6 alkyl, C 2 _ 6 alkenyl, C 2 _ 6 alkynyl, C3- 7 carbocyclyl, C 6 -io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
- R A and R B are each independently selected from hydrogen, Ci_ 6 alkyl, C 2 _ 6 alkenyl, C 2 _ 6 alkynyl, C3- 7 carbocyclyl, C 6 -io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
- a non-limiting example includes free amino (i.e., -NH 2 ).
- aminoalkyl refers to an amino group connected via an alkylene group.
- alkoxyalkyl refers to an alkoxy group connected via an alkylene group, such as a "C 2 _g alkoxyalkyl” and the like.
- a substituted group is derived from the unsubstituted parent group in which there has been an exchange of one or more hydrogen atoms for another atom or group. Unless otherwise indicated, when a group is deemed to be "substituted,” it is meant that the group is substituted with one or more subsitutents independently selected from Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkenyl, Ci-C 6 alkynyl, Ci-C 6 heteroalkyl, C3-C7 carbocyclyl (optionally substituted with halo, Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, Ci-C 6 haloalkyl, and Ci-C 6 haloalkoxy), C 3 -C 7 -carbocyclyl-Ci- C 6 -alkyl (optionally substituted with halo, Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, Ci-C 6 haloalkyl, and Ci-C 6
- radical naming conventions can include either a mono-radical or a di-radical, depending on the context.
- a substituent requires two points of attachment to the rest of the molecule, it is understood that the substituent is a di-radical.
- a substituent identified as alkyl that requires two points of attachment includes di-radicals such as -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 -, and the like.
- Other radical naming conventions clearly indicate that the radical is a di-radical such as "alkylene” or "alkenylene.”
- R groups are said to form a ring (e.g., a carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl ring) "together with the atom to which they are attached," it is meant that the collective unit of the atom and the two R groups are the recited ring.
- the ring is not otherwise limited by the definition of each R group when taken individually. For example, when following substructure is present:
- R 1 and R 2 are defined as selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, or R and R 2 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a heteroaryl, it is meant that R 1 and R 2 can be selected from hydrogen or alkyl, or alternatively, the substructure has structure:
- ring E is a heteroaryl ring contain ng the depicted nitrogen.
- R 1 and R 2 are defined as selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, or R and R 2 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an aryl or carbocylyl, it is meant that R 1 and R 2 can be selected from hydrogen or alkyl, or alternatively, the substructure has structure:
- E is an aryl ring or a carbocylyl containing the depicted double bond.
- depicted as -AE- or E includes the substituent being oriented such that the A is attached at the leftmost attachment point of the molecule as well as the case in which A is attached at the rightmost attachment point of the molecule.
- Subject as used herein, means a human or a non-human mammal, e.g., a dog, a cat, a mouse, a rat, a cow, a sheep, a pig, a goat, a non-human primate or a bird, e.g., a chicken, as well as any other vertebrate or invertebrate.
- mammal is used in its usual biological sense. Thus, it specifically includes, but is not limited to, primates, including simians (chimpanzees, apes, monkeys) and humans, cattle, horses, sheep, goats, swine, rabbits, dogs, cats, rodents, rats, mice guinea pigs, or the like.
- primates including simians (chimpanzees, apes, monkeys) and humans, cattle, horses, sheep, goats, swine, rabbits, dogs, cats, rodents, rats, mice guinea pigs, or the like.
- an "effective amount” or a “therapeutically effective amount” as used herein refers to an amount of a therapeutic agent that is effective to relieve, to some extent, or to reduce the likelihood of onset of, one or more of the symptoms of a disease or condition, and includes curing a disease or condition. “Curing” means that the symptoms of a disease or condition are eliminated; however, certain long-term or permanent effects may exist even after a cure is obtained (such as extensive tissue damage).
- Treatment refers to administering a compound or pharmaceutical composition to a subject for prophylactic and/or therapeutic purposes.
- prophylactic treatment refers to treating a subject who does not yet exhibit symptoms of a disease or condition, but who is susceptible to, or otherwise at risk of, a particular disease or condition, whereby the treatment reduces the likelihood that the patient will develop the disease or condition.
- therapeutic treatment refers to administering treatment to a subject already suffering from a disease or condition.
- Isotopes may be present in the compounds described. Each chemical element present in a compound either specifically or generically described hereinmay include any isotope of said element.
- a hydrogen atom may be explicitly disclosed or understood to be present in the compound and each such hydrogen atom is any isotope of hydrogen, including but not limited to hydrogen- 1 (protium) and hydrogen-2 (deuterium).
- reference herein to a compound encompasses all potential isotopic forms unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
- Some embodiments include compounds of Formula I as described above. In some embodiments the compounds of Formula I have the structure of Formula la:
- each R is hydrogen
- each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted hydroxyl, and an optionally substituted amino;
- each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and hydroxy, or optionally two adjacent R 2 together with the atoms to which they are attached is an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl;
- each R 3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato, and an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl;
- R 10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci-C 6 alkyl
- R 11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci-C 6 alkyl.
- each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, and -N(Methyl) 2 ;
- each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, and hydroxy, or optionally two adjacent R 2 together with the atoms to which they are attached is an optionally substituted cyclopropyl;
- each R 3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato, methyl, and trifluoromethyl;
- R 5 is selected from the group consisting of -L 1 -R 5A and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 5A is an optionally substituted heteroaryl
- R 10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl
- R 11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl.
- the compound of Formula la may have the structure of Formula Iaa:
- R 5 is selected from the group consisting of -L 1 -R 5A , an optionally substituted aryl and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 5A is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted aryl and an optionally substituted heteroaryl.
- the compound of Formula la may have the structure of Formula lab:
- R 5 is selected from the group consisting of -L 1 -R 5A , an optionally substituted aryl and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 5A is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted aryl and an optionally substituted heteroaryl.
- the compound of Formula la may have the structure of Formula lac:
- R 5 is selected from the group consisting of -I ⁇ -R 5 ⁇ an optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R 5A is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted aryl and an optionally substituted heteroaryl.
- at least one R 1 is hydroxyl.
- at least two R 1 are hydroxyl.
- at least one R 1 is -N(CH 3 ) 2 .
- R 5 is an optionally substituted aryl.
- R 5 is an optionally substituted phenyl.
- R 5 is phenyl. In some embodiments of any of Formulae I-IV and any of the foregoing embodiments defining R 1 , R 5 is an optionally substituted heteroaryl.
- R 5 is pyridinyl, quinolinyl, quinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, 3-methyl-iH- indazolyl, iH-indazolyl, l-(difluoromethyl)-isoquinolinyl, 3-amino-7-quinazolinyl, isoquinol-1- one-7-yl, N-propyl-isoquinolin-7-yl-l -amine, or N-propyl-quinazolin-7-yl-4-amine.
- R 5 is -C ⁇ C-R 5A , where R 5A is as defined herein, and in some embodiments, is optionally substituted heteroaryl (or specifically pyridinyl).
- each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted hydroxyl, and an optionally substituted amino;
- R 2 is hydrogen or Ci-C 3 alkyl
- each R 3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato, and an optionally substituted Ci-C 6 alkyl;
- R 10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci-C 6 alkyl
- R 11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci-C 6 alkyl.
- each R 12 is hydrogen.
- each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, and -N(Methyl) 2 ;
- RR 55 is selected from the group consisting of -L X -R 5A and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
- R is an optionally substituted heteroaryl.
- Still other embodiments include a compound of Formula IV as described above.
- R 5A may be substuituted with a tetrahydro-lH-thieno[3,4-d]imidazol-2(3H)-one containing moiety, In some alternative embodiments of Formulae I-IV, R 5A may be substuituted with
- the compounds disclosed herein may be synthesized by methods described below, or by modification of these methods. Ways of modifying the methodology include, among others, temperature, solvent, reagents etc., known to those skilled in the art.
- Ways of modifying the methodology include, among others, temperature, solvent, reagents etc., known to those skilled in the art.
- it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect sensitive or reactive groups on any of the molecules concerned. This may be achieved by means of conventional protecting groups, such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry (ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973); and P.G.M. Green, T.W.
- Scheme I provides compounds of general Formula I having the structure of I- II- A.
- the compound of Formula I-A may be obtained using procedures know in the art and simple modificatons thereof, for example as described in U.S. Pub. No. 2011/0060140 and Shi et al., "Scalable Synthesis of Cortistatin A and Related Structures," J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2011, 133(20): 8014-8027 each disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- the compound of Formula I-A may be reacted under conditions known in the art, for example under Stille or Suzuki conditions, to afford the compounds of Formula II-A.
- the variables R 5 and R in Scheme I are defined appropriate to the reaction conditions and procedures.
- R 5 may be aryl or heteroaryl.
- n, p, and q are 0, or 2 and at least one n, p, or q is 2.
- Scheme II provides compounds of general Formula I having the structure of II-B.
- the compound of Formula II-A may be reacted under conditions known in the art, for example as described in Leggans et al, Org. Lett., 2011, 14, 1428-1431; Barker et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2012, 134, 13588-13591; Gaspar et al, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 2007, 46, 4519- 4522; Gaspar et al, Synthesis, 2007, 3839-3845; Gaspar et al, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 2008, 47, 5758-5760; and Isayama et al, Chem. Lett.
- each R 2 , R 3 , and R 12 in the compound of Formula II-B are defined appropriate to the reaction conditions and procedures.
- each R 2 , R 3 , and R 12 may be independently selected from, but is not limited to, the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, fluoro, cyano, and nitro.
- Scheme III provides compounds of general Formula I having the structure of Formula III-A.
- the compound of Formula II-A may be reacted under cyclopropanation conditions known in the art, for example as described in Grieco et al., J. Org. Chem., 1977, 42(25): 4113-4118 the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- the compound of Formula II-A may be reacted under Simmons-Smith reaction conditions to afford a compound of Formula III-A.
- the variables R 5 and R in Scheme III are defined appropriate to the reaction conditions and procedures.
- R 5 may be aryl or heteroaryl.
- Scheme IV provides compounds of general Formula I having the structure of IV-D.
- the compound of Formula IV-A may be prepared according to the procedures described in U.S. Pub. No. 2011/0060140.
- the compound of Formula IV-A may be reacted under conditions known in the art, for example under Sharpless Epoxidation conditions as described in Johnson et al., "Catalytic Asymmetric Epoxidation of Allylic Alcohols,” Catalytic Asymmetric Synthesis, 2nd ed., Ojima, I. Ed., Wiley-CVH: New York, 2000; 231-280; Katsuki, T., "Epoxidation of Allylic Alcohols," Comprehensive Asymmetric Catalysis,” 1st ed., Jacobsen, E.
- variable R 2 in the compound of Formula IV-D are defined appropriate to the reaction conditions and procedures.
- R 2 may be chloro, fluoro, or bromo, but is not limited thereto.
- the variable R 5 may be defined appropriate to the reaction conditions and procedures.
- R 5 may be aryl or heteroaryl.
- the process of Scheme V provides compounds of general Formula I having the structure of Formula V-A.
- the compound of Formula V-A may be prepared according to the procedures described in U.S. Pub. No. 2011/0060140.
- the compound of Formula V-A may be reacted under conditions known in the art, for example under nucleophilic trifuoromethylation conditions as described in Singh et al., "Nucleophilic Trifuoromethylation Reactions of Organic Compounds with (Trifuoromethyl)trimethylsilane," Tetrahedron, 2000, 56: 7613 the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, to afford a compound of Formula V- B.
- the compound of Formula V-B may be reacted under conditions described in U.S.
- variable R 3 in the compound of Formula V-C is defined appropriate to the reaction conditions and procedures.
- R 3 may be methyl or trifluoromethyl, but is limited thereto.
- the variable R 5 may be defined appropriate to the reaction conditions and procedures.
- R 5 may be aryl or heteroaryl.
- the process of Scheme VI provides compounds of general Formula I having the structure of Formula VI-E and VI-F.
- the compound of Formula V-A may be reacted under conditions known in the art, for example under electrophilic reaction using LDA and a reagent including an electrophile to afford a compound of Formula VI-A and VI-B.
- the reagent including an electrophile may be methyl iodide (E-I where the methyl group corresponds to E) providing R 10 and R 11 defined as methyl in the formula of Scheme VI.
- E-I methyl iodide
- the compound of Formula VI-A and VI-B may be reacted under conditions known in the art, for example described in U.S. Pub. No.
- the compound of Formula VI-C or VI-D may be reacted under conditions known in the art, for example under conditions described in U.S. Pub. No. 2011/0060140 and Shi et al, "Scalable Synthesis of Cortistatin A and Related Structures," J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2011, 133(20): 8014- 8027 to afford a compound of Formula VI-E or VI-F.
- the variables R 5 , R 10 , and R 11 may be defined appropriate to the reaction conditions and procedures.
- R 5 may be aryl or heteroaryl
- R 10 , and R 11 may be methyl, chloro, fluoro, or bromo.
- Scheme VII provides compounds of general Formula I having the structure of Formula VII-B.
- the compound of Formula VII-A may be obtained according to procedures known in the art, for example described in U.S. Pub. No. 2011/0060140 and Shi et al., "Scalable Synthesis of Cortistatin A and Related Structures," J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2011,
- R 5 may be defined appropriate to the reaction conditions and procedures.
- R 5 may be aryl or heteroaryl.
- Scheme VIII provides compounds of general Formula I having the structure of Formula VIII-C and VIII-D.
- the compound of Formula VIII-A and VIII-B may be reacted under conditions known in the art, for example described in U.S. Pub. No. 2011/0060140 and Shi et al, "Scalable Synthesis of Cortistatin A and Related Structures," J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2011, 133(20): 8014-8027, to afford a compound of Formula VIII-A or VIII-B.
- the compound of Formula VIII-A or VIII-B may be reacted under conditions known in the art, for example under conditions described in U.S. Pub. No.
- R 5 , R 10 , and R 11 may be defined appropriate to the reaction conditions and procedures.
- R 5 may be aryl or heteroaryl
- R 10 , and R 11 may be methyl, chloro, fluoro, or bromo.
- compound IX-B in DMSO may be reacted with 7-trimethylstannylisoquinoline in the presence of CuCl, LiCl, and Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 under appropriate conditions to afford dehydrocortistatin A.
- Dehydrocortistatin A may be reacted under conditions described in U.S. Pub. No. 2011/0060140 and Shi et al., "Scalable Synthesis of Cortistatin A and Related Structures," J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2011, 133(20): 8014-8027 to afford cortistatin A and compound 101.
- dehydrocortistatin A in THF may be reacted with triisopropylbenzenesulfonyl hydrazide in the presence of triethyl amine under appropriate conditions to afford cortistatin A and compound 101.
- Scheme X
- compound XV-A in DMSO may be reacted with 7-trimethylstannylisoquinoline in the presence of CuCl, LiCl, and Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 under appropriate conditions to afford compound 102.
- Administration and Pharmaceutical Compositions may be reacted with 7-trimethylstannylisoquinoline in the presence of CuCl, LiCl, and Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 under appropriate conditions to afford compound 102.
- a daily dose may be from about 0.25 mg/kg to about 120 mg/kg or more of body weight, from about 0.5 mg/kg or less to about 70 mg/kg, from about 1.0 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg of body weight, or from about 1.5 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg of body weight.
- the dosage range would be from about 17 mg per day to about 8000 mg per day, from about 35 mg per day or less to about 7000 mg per day or more, from about 70 mg per day to about 6000 mg per day, from about 100 mg per day to about 5000 mg per day, or from about 200 mg to about 3000 mg per day.
- the amount of active compound administered will, of course, be dependent on the subject and disease state being treated, the severity of the affliction, the manner and schedule of administration and the judgment of the prescribing physician.
- Administration of the compounds disclosed herein or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be via any of the accepted modes of administration for agents that serve similar utilities including, but not limited to, orally, subcutaneously, intravenously, intranasally, topically, transdermally, intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, intrapulmonarilly, vaginally, rectally, or intraocularly. Oral and parenteral administrations are customary in treating the indications that are the subject of the preferred embodiments.
- compositions comprising: (a) a safe and therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein (including enantiomers, diastereoisomers, tautomers, polymorphs, and solvates thereof), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; and (b) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, excipient or combination thereof.
- pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents and the like.
- the use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active ingredient, its use in the therapeutic compositions is contemplated.
- various adjuvants such as are commonly used in the art may be included. Considerations for the inclusion of various components in pharmaceutical compositions are described, e.g., in Gilman et al. (Eds.) (1990); Goodman and Gilman's: The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 8th Ed., Pergamon Press, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- substances which can serve as pharmaceutically- acceptable carriers or components thereof, are sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; cellulose and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, and methyl cellulose; powdered tragacanth; malt; gelatin; talc; solid lubricants, such as stearic acid and magnesium stearate; calcium sulfate; vegetable oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and oil of theobroma; polyols such as propylene glycol, glycerine, sorbitol, mannitol, and polyethylene glycol; alginic acid; emulsifiers, such as the TWEENS; wetting agents, such sodium lauryl sulfate; coloring agents; flavoring agents; tableting agents, stabilizers; antioxidants; preservatives; pyr
- a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier to be used in conjunction with the subject compound is basically determined by the way the compound is to be administered.
- compositions described herein are preferably provided in unit dosage form.
- a "unit dosage form" is a composition containing an amount of a compound that is suitable for administration to an animal, preferably mammal subject, in a single dose, according to good medical practice.
- the preparation of a single or unit dosage form does not imply that the dosage form is administered once per day or once per course of therapy.
- Such dosage forms are contemplated to be administered once, twice, thrice or more per day and may be administered as infusion over a period of time (e.g., from about 30 minutes to about 2-6 hours), or administered as a continuous infusion, and may be given more than once during a course of therapy, though a single administration is not specifically excluded.
- the skilled artisan will recognize that the formulation does not specifically contemplate the entire course of therapy and such decisions are left for those skilled in the art of treatment rather than formulation.
- compositions useful as described above may be in any of a variety of suitable forms for a variety of routes for administration, for example, for oral, nasal, rectal, topical (including transdermal), ocular, intracerebral, intracranial, intrathecal, intra-arterial, intravenous, intramuscular, or other parental routes of administration.
- routes for administration for example, for oral, nasal, rectal, topical (including transdermal), ocular, intracerebral, intracranial, intrathecal, intra-arterial, intravenous, intramuscular, or other parental routes of administration.
- oral and nasal compositions include compositions that are administered by inhalation, and made using available methodologies.
- a variety of pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers well-known in the art may be used.
- Pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include, for example, solid or liquid fillers, diluents, hydrotropies, surface-active agents, and encapsulating substances.
- Optional pharmaceutically-active materials may be included, which do not substantially interfere with the inhibitory activity of the compound.
- the amount of carrier employed in conjunction with the compound is sufficient to provide a practical quantity of material for administration per unit dose of the compound.
- Various oral dosage forms can be used, including such solid forms as tablets, capsules, granules and bulk powders. Tablets can be compressed, tablet triturates, enteric- coated, sugar-coated, film-coated, or multiple-compressed, containing suitable binders, lubricants, diluents, disintegrating agents, coloring agents, flavoring agents, flow-inducing agents, and melting agents.
- Liquid oral dosage forms include aqueous solutions, emulsions, suspensions, solutions and/or suspensions reconstituted from non-effervescent granules, and effervescent preparations reconstituted from effervescent granules, containing suitable solvents, preservatives, emulsifying agents, suspending agents, diluents, sweeteners, melting agents, coloring agents and flavoring agents.
- the pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers suitable for the preparation of unit dosage forms for peroral administration is well-known in the art.
- Tablets typically comprise conventional pharmaceutically-compatible adjuvants as inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, mannitol, lactose and cellulose; binders such as starch, gelatin and sucrose; disintegrants such as starch, alginic acid and croscarmelose; lubricants such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid and talc.
- Glidants such as silicon dioxide can be used to improve flow characteristics of the powder mixture.
- Coloring agents such as the FD&C dyes, can be added for appearance.
- Sweeteners and flavoring agents such as aspartame, saccharin, menthol, peppermint, and fruit flavors, are useful adjuvants for chewable tablets.
- Capsules typically comprise one or more solid diluents disclosed above. The selection of carrier components depends on secondary considerations like taste, cost, and shelf stability, which are not critical, and can be readily made by a person skilled in the art.
- Peroral compositions also include liquid solutions, emulsions, suspensions, and the like.
- the pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers suitable for preparation of such compositions are well known in the art.
- Typical components of carriers for syrups, elixirs, emulsions and suspensions include ethanol, glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, liquid sucrose, sorbitol and water.
- typical suspending agents include methyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, AVICEL RC-591, tragacanth and sodium alginate; typical wetting agents include lecithin and polysorbate 80; and typical preservatives include methyl paraben and sodium benzoate.
- Peroral liquid compositions may also contain one or more components such as sweeteners, flavoring agents and colorants disclosed above.
- compositions may also be coated by conventional methods, typically with pH or time-dependent coatings, such that the subject compound is released in the gastrointestinal tract in the vicinity of the desired topical application, or at various times to extend the desired action.
- dosage forms typically include, but are not limited to, one or more of cellulose acetate phthalate, polyvinylacetate phthalate, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose phthalate, ethyl cellulose, Eudragit coatings, waxes and shellac.
- compositions described herein may optionally include other drug actives.
- compositions useful for attaining systemic delivery of the subject compounds include sublingual, buccal and nasal dosage forms.
- Such compositions typically comprise one or more of soluble filler substances such as sucrose, sorbitol and mannitol; and binders such as acacia, microcrystallme cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose. Glidants, lubricants, sweeteners, colorants, antioxidants and flavoring agents disclosed above may also be included.
- a liquid composition which is formulated for topical ophthalmic use, is formulated such that it can be administered topically to the eye.
- the comfort may be maximized as much as possible, although sometimes formulation considerations (e.g. drug stability) may necessitate less than optimal comfort.
- the liquid may be formulated such that the liquid is tolerable to the patient for topical ophthalmic use.
- an ophthalmically acceptable liquid may either be packaged for single use, or contain a preservative to prevent contamination over multiple uses.
- solutions or medicaments are often prepared using a physiological saline solution as a major vehicle.
- Ophthalmic solutions may preferably be maintained at a comfortable pH with an appropriate buffer system.
- the formulations may also contain conventional, pharmaceutically acceptable preservatives, stabilizers and surfactants.
- Preservatives that may be used in the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein include, but are not limited to, benzalkonium chloride, PHMB, chlorobutanol, thimerosal, phenylmercuric, acetate and phenylmercuric nitrate.
- a useful surfactant is, for example, Tween 80.
- various useful vehicles may be used in the ophthalmic preparations disclosed herein. These vehicles include, but are not limited to, polyvinyl alcohol, povidone, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, poloxamers, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose and purified water.
- Tonicity adjusters may be added as needed or convenient. They include, but are not limited to, salts, particularly sodium chloride, potassium chloride, mannitol and glycerin, or any other suitable ophthalmically acceptable tonicity adjuster.
- buffers include acetate buffers, citrate buffers, phosphate buffers and borate buffers. Acids or bases may be used to adjust the pH of these formulations as needed.
- an ophthalmically acceptable antioxidant includes, but is not limited to, sodium metabisulfite, sodium thiosulfate, acetylcysteine, butylated hydroxyanisole and butylated hydroxytoluene.
- excipient components which may be included in the ophthalmic preparations, are chelating agents.
- a useful chelating agent is edetate disodium, although other chelating agents may also be used in place or in conjunction with it.
- Topical formulations may generally be comprised of a pharmaceutical carrier, co-solvent, emulsifier, penetration enhancer, preservative system, and emollient.
- the compounds and compositions described herein may be dissolved or dispersed in a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, such as a saline or dextrose solution. Suitable excipients may be included to achieve the desired pH, including but not limited to NaOH, sodium carbonate, sodium acetate, HC1, and citric acid. In various embodiments, the pH of the final composition ranges from 2 to 8, or preferably from 4 to 7.
- Antioxidant excipients may include sodium bisulfite, acetone sodium bisulfite, sodium formaldehyde, sulfoxylate, thiourea, and EDTA.
- Other non-limiting examples of suitable excipients found in the final intravenous composition may include sodium or potassium phosphates, citric acid, tartaric acid, gelatin, and carbohydrates such as dextrose, mannitol, and dextran. Further acceptable excipients are described in Powell, et al., Compendium of
- Antimicrobial agents may also be included to achieve a bacteriostatic or fungistatic solution, including but not limited to phenylmercuric nitrate, thimerosal, benzethonium chloride, benzalkonium chloride, phenol, cresol, and chlorobutanol.
- compositions for intravenous administration may be provided to caregivers in the form of one more solids that are reconstituted with a suitable diluent such as sterile water, saline or dextrose in water shortly prior to administration.
- a suitable diluent such as sterile water, saline or dextrose in water shortly prior to administration.
- the compositions are provided in solution ready to administer parenterally.
- the compositions are provided in a solution that is further diluted prior to administration.
- the combination may be provided to caregivers as a mixture, or the caregivers may mix the two agents prior to administration, or the two agents may be administered separately.
- Some embodiments include methods of inhibiting angiogenesis by administering a compound described herein to a subject in need of anti-angiogenesis therapy.
- the disease treated may be any disease or disorder associated with abnormal or undesirable angiogenesis.
- angiogenesis is inhibited in a cancerous tumor.
- Anti- angiogenesis therapy is expected to be effective to treat all types of cancerous tumors regardless of etimology, including but not limited to a carcinoma, a sarcoma, a lymphoma, and a blastoma.
- Non-limiting cancers that can be treated using the compounds described herein include bladder cancer, breast cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, endometrial cancer, kidney cancer, lung cancer, melanoma, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, glioblastoma, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, and thyroid cancer.
- any other non-cancer disease or disorder associated with angiogenesis may be treated, including but not limited to diabetic blindness, age-related macular degeneration, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, systematic lupus erythematosus, proliferative retinopathy, and atherosclerosis.
- the compounds disclosed herein may be used as a transcription inhibitor, such as through inhibition of CDK8.
- the inhibition of CDK8 inhibits cell division.
- some embodiments include the treatment of proliferative disorders such as cancer through a mechanism distinct or in addition to anti- angiogenesis.
- some embodiments include the treatment of cancer including, but not limited to a carcinoma, a sarcoma, a lymphoma, a leukemia, and a blastoma.
- Non-limiting cancers that can be treated using the compounds described herein include bladder cancer, breast cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, endometrial cancer, kidney cancer, lung cancer, melanoma, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, leukemia, glioblastoma, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, and thyroid cancer.
- compounds that specifically inhibit CDK8 inhibit HIV-1 replication.
- compounds disclosed herein may be used to treat viral diseases through the inhibition of CDK8.
- other embodiments include methods of treating an HIV infection or inhibiting HIV replication by administering a compound described herein that inhibits CDK8.
- Some embodiments include treating a subject already infected with HIV to ameliorate or cure the infection by administering a compound described herein that inhibits CDK8.
- Other embodiments include administering a compound to subject at risk for infection with HIV to reduce the likelihood that the subject will contract an HIV infection by administering a compound described herein that inhibits CDK8.
- Some embodiments provide a method of inhibiting CDK8, comprising contacting CDK8 with a compound of Formula I, II, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the contacting CDK8 comprises administering a compound to a subject that has cancer.
- Some embodiments provide a method of inhibiting CDK8, comprising contacting CDK8 with dedihydrocortistatin A, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the contacting CDK8 comprises administering dedihydrocortistatin A to a subject that has cancer.
- Some embodiments provide a method of treating a cancer that is not treatable by inhibiting angiogenesis, comprising administering a compound of Formula I, II, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need thereof. Some embodiments provide a method of treating a cancer that is not treatable by inhibiting angiogenesis, comprising administering dedihydrocortistatin A, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need thereof.
- the cancer is leukemia. In some embodiments, the cancer is multiple myeloma.
- Some embodiments provide a method of treating melanoma, comprising administering dedihydrocortistatin A, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need thereof. Some embodiments provide a method of treating multiple myeloma, comprising administering dedihydrocortistatin A, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need thereof. [0234] Some embodiments provide a method of treating melanoma, comprising administering a compound of Formula I, II, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need thereof. Some embodiments provide a method of treating multiple myeloma, comprising administering a compound of Formula I, II, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need thereof.
- Other embodiments include methods of treating an HIV infection or inhibiting HIV replication by administering a compound described herein to a subject in need thereof. Some embodiments include treating a subject already infected with HIV to ameliorate or cure the infection. Other embodiments include administering a compound to subject at risk for infection with HIV to reduce the likelihood that the subject will contract an HIV infection.
- the subject is a human.
- Further embodiments include administering a combination of compounds to a subject in need thereof.
- a combination can include a compound, composition, pharmaceutical composition described herein with an additional medicament.
- Some embodiments include co-administering a compound, composition, and/or pharmaceutical composition described herein, with an additional medicament.
- coadministration it is meant that the two or more agents may be found in the patient's bloodstream at the same time, regardless of when or how they are actually administered.
- the agents are administered simultaneously.
- administration in combination is accomplished by combining the agents in a single dosage form.
- the agents are administered sequentially.
- the agents are administered through the same route, such as orally.
- the agents are administered through different routes, such as one being administered orally and another being administered i.v.
- patient includes human and animal subjects.
- contacting refers to bringing two or more materials into close enough proximity that they may interact.
- contacting can be accomplished in a vessel such as a test tube, a petri dish, or the like.
- contacting may be performed in the presence of additional materials.
- contacting may be performed in the presence of cells.
- one or more of the materials that are being contacted may be inside a cell. Cells may be alive or may dead. Cells may or may not be intact. Examples
- the layers were partitioned and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (4 x 5 mL). The combined organic portions were washed with sat. aq. NaCl (5 mL), dried over Na 2 S04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo.
- the crude mixture was purified by PTLC furnishing the carbamate intermediate (4.2 mg, 32%) as a yellow foam.
- the resulting mixture was treated with aq. NaHC0 3 , then extracted with mixture of DCM:MeOH (10: 1).
- the combined extract was dried over Na 2 S0 4 and concentrated in vacuo to afford a deprotected amine intermediate.
- HUVECs were seeded at 3000 cells/well in 96-well microculture plate (Costar flat bottom # 3997) in a total volume of 100 (jL/well. After 24 hours of incubation in a humidified incubator at 37°C with 5% C0 2 and 95% air, 100 iL of 2X, serially 1 :4 diluted test compounds in growth medium with a final maximal concentration of 10 ⁇ (0.1% DMSO) were added to each well. After 72 hours of culture in a C0 2 incubator, the plated cells and Cell Titer-Glo® (Promega # G7571) reagents were brought to room temperature to equilibrate for 30 minutes.
- Cell Titer-Glo® Promega # G7571
- One hundred (100) ⁇ , of the growth medium was removed and 50 ⁇ , of Cell Titer- Glo® reagent was added to each well. The plate was shaken for 10 minutes and then left to equilibrate for 2 minutes before reading luminescence on the Tecan GENios microplate reader.
- Example 3-2 Percent inhibition of cell growth was calculated relative to untreated control wells. All tests were performed in eight replicates at each concentration level (total 10 concentrations 38 pM to 10 ⁇ ). ⁇ 1 ⁇ 6 IC 50 value for the test agents was estimated using Prism 6.00 by curve-fitting the data. The results for selected compounds disclosed herein are indicated in the table of Example 10 below.
- Example 3-2
- HUVEC cells are collected and counted.
- Cell suspensions are added to each well at a suitable density, with complete medium including endothelial cell growth supplements.
- the margin wells are filled with PBS.
- Test compounds at various concentrations (10 concentrations, 10 fold dilutions starting from 10 ⁇ ) are added in duplicate and the cells were incubated for 72 h. After incubation, CellTiter-Glo® Reagent are added to each test well and mixed for 2 minutes on an orbital shaker. The plates are shortly centrifuged at 90g and incubated at room temperature for additional 10 minutes to stabilize the luminescent signal. Luminescence signals are detected on PHERAstar Plus. And data is collected in Microsoft excel forms and analyzed Graphpad Prism software.
- HeLa-CD4-LTR-LacZ cells are plated at lxl 0 4 cells per well of a 96-well plate. Twenty- four hours later HIV-1 pNL4-3 is added in the presence of testing compound or DMSO control in a total volume of 200 ⁇ .
- lysis buffer 60 mM Na 2 HPO 4 ,40 mM NaH 2 P0 4 , 10 mM KC1, 10 mM MgS0 4 , 2.5 mM EDTA, 50 mM ⁇ -mercaptoethanol, 0.125% Nonidet P-40
- CPRG chlorophenol red- ⁇ - ⁇ - galactopyranoside
- the cell extracts are incubated in a reaction buffer (0.9 M phosphate buffer [pH 7.4], 9 mM MgCl 2 , 11 mM ⁇ - mercaptoethanol, 7 mM CPRG) until a red color develops (from approximately 10 min to 4 h) and is measurable using an LP400 (Becton Dickinson) plate reader at 572 nm. Experiments are performed in triplicate.
- a reaction buffer 0.9 M phosphate buffer [pH 7.4], 9 mM MgCl 2 , 11 mM ⁇ - mercaptoethanol, 7 mM CPRG
- a radiometric protein kinase assay ( 33 PanQinase ® Activity Assay) was used for measuring the kinase activity of the CDK8/CycC protein kinases. All kinase assays were performed in 96-well FlashPlatesTM from PerkinElmer (Boston, MA, USA) in a 50 reaction volume. The reaction cocktail was pipetted in four steps in the following order:
- test compound in 10 % DMSO
- the assay for all protein kinases contained 70 mM HEPES-NaOH pH 7.5, 3 mM MgCl 2 , 3 mM MnCl 2 , 3 ⁇ Na-orthovanadate, 1.2 mM DTT, 50 ⁇ PEG 20 ooo, ATP cone. (3 ⁇ , [ ⁇ - 33 ⁇ ]- ⁇ (approx. 1 x 10 06 cpm per well), protein kinase (CDK8/CycC, ProQinase Lot 002, Kinase Cone. 50 3 ⁇ 4/50 ⁇ , Kinase Cone.
- OPM-2 cells were seeded at 3000 cells/well in 96-well microculture plate (Costar flat bottom # 3997) in a total volume of 100 ⁇ . After 24 hours of incubation in a humidified incubator at 37 °C with 5% C02 and 95% air, 100 ⁇ , of 2X, serially 1 :4 diluted SMD-1001 analogs in growth medium with a final maximal concentration of 10 ⁇ (0.1% DMSO) were added to each well. After 72 hours of culture in a C02 incubator, the plated cells and Cell Titer-Glo® (Promega # G7571) reagents were brought to room temperature to equilibrate for 30 minutes.
- Cell Titer-Glo® Promega # G7571
- Top is the maximal % of control absorbance
- Bottom is the minimal % of control absorbance at the highest agent concentration
- Y is the % of control absorbance
- X is the agent concentration
- IC50 is the concentration of agent that inhibits cell growth by 50% compared to the control cells
- n is the slope of the curve.
- HIV particles were initially prepared by transient transfection of 293T cells with the pro viral HIV-1 pNL4-3 DNA (1) or ROD/A.
- Virus stocks for infections were produced by amplification of the virus by acutely infecting CEM-SS cells with HIV-1 pNL4-3 and concentration by ultracentrifugation of the cell supernatant.
- Virus titers were determined with HIV-1 p24 ELISA from AdvancesBioscience Laboratories. Results were reported as LacZ expression as a percent of DMSO control and the dose response curve fitted to determine IC 50 . The results for selected compounds disclosed herein are indicated in the table of Example 10 below.
- mice Age-related Macular Degeneration testing uses adult C57BL/6 mice. On day 1 the mice receive laser treatments to the retina of a single eye. In addition mice receive a single intravitreal injection of of the test compound in vehicle (PBS) to the laser treated eye. The volume of the injection is 2 ⁇ . On day 14 post laser treatment the mice are euthanized by cardiac perfusion with FITC-conjugated dextran/4% paraformaldehyde/PBS. Eyes are harvested for analysis. Six mice per group are used (Vehicle, 1 nM dCA, 10 nM dCA, 100 nM dCA, 1 ⁇ dCA, 10 ⁇ dCA) for a total of 36 adult C57BL/6 mice. Controls include laser eyes injected with PBS.
- the human tumor cell lines of the cancer screening panel are grown in RPMI 1640 medium containing 5% fetal bovine serum and 2 mM L-glutamine.
- cells are inoculated into 96 well microtiter plates in 100 at plating densities ranging from 5,000 to 40,000 cells/well depending on the doubling time of individual cell lines. After cell inoculation, the microtiter plates are incubated at 37° C, 5 % C0 2 , 95 % air and 100 % relative humidity for 24 h prior to addition of experimental drugs.
- the plates are incubated for an additional 48 h at 37°C, 5 % C0 2 , 95 % air, and 100 % relative humidity.
- the assay is terminated by the addition of cold TCA.
- Cells are fixed in situ by the gentle addition of 50 ⁇ ⁇ of cold 50 % (w/v) TCA (final concentration, 10 % TCA) and incubated for 60 minutes at 4°C. The supernatant is discarded, and the plates are washed five times with tap water and air dried.
- SRB Sulforhodamine B
- SRB Sulforhodamine B
- 1 % acetic acid 1 % acetic acid
- Bound stain is subsequently solubilized with 10 mM trizma base, and the absorbance is read on an automated plate reader at a wavelength of 515 nm.
- the methodology is the same except that the assay is terminated by fixing settled cells at the bottom of the wells by gently adding 50 ⁇ of 80 % TCA (final concentration, 16 % TCA).
- Dedihydrocortistatin A was screened using the above-described procedure. Dedihydrocortistatin A showed negative growth percent for Ml 4 - melanoma and UACC-62 melanoma cell lines indicating a cytotoxic effect. Additionally, Dedihydrocortistatin A showed cytostatic effects for leukemia/multiple myeloma cell lines.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- AIDS & HIV (AREA)
- Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- Communicable Diseases (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Disclosed herein are compounds useful as anti-cancer and anti-HIV agents. Also disclosed are pharmaceutical compositions and methods of treatment. The compounds disclosed herein can be used to treat a variety of conditions, diseases and ailments such as bladder cancer, breast cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, endometrial cancer, kidney cancer, lung cancer, melanoma, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, glioblastoma, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, and thyroid cancer, and HIV related disorders.
Description
ANTI-CANCER AND ANTI-HIV COMPOUNDS
RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/761,169, filed February 5, 2013 incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
BACKGROUND
Field
[0002] This application relates to the fields of chemistry and medicine, more particularly to anti-cancer and anti-HIV compounds, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods of treatment.
Description of the Related Technology
[0003] Since the isolation of the first angiogenesis inhibitors, pathological angiogenesis has become recognized as an "organizing principle" for understanding a variety of otherwise disparate disorders. The most familiar application of anti-angiogenesis therapy effects the regression of solid tumors, where inhibitors are responsible for both direct anti-tumor activity and increased chemotherapeutic uptake through vascular in the clinic. Thus, the has been significant effort to identify new inhibitors of angiogenesis.
[0004] The human immunodeficiency virus type 1 (HIV) Tat protein, a potent activator of HIV gene expression, is essential for integrated viral genome expression and represents a potential antiviral target. Tat binds the 5 '-terminal region of HIV mRNA's stem- bulge-loop structure, the transactivation-responsive (TAR) element, to activate transcription. Inhibition of Tat-mediated transactivation of the integrated provirus by targeting the TAR- binding domain of Tat is under investigation. Identification of active agents that reduce Tat- mediated transcriptional initiation/elongation from the viral promoter to inhibit HIV-1 and HIV- 2 replication in acutely and chronically infected cells is an attractive target for drug discovery research. It is thought compounds that abrogate spontaneous viral particle release from CD4+T cells from virally suppressed subjects on highly active antiretro viral therapy (HAART) may have advantageous properties for treating individuals with diseases that arise from viral sources.
[0005] Development of small-molecule compounds that inhibit angiogenesis or inhibit Tat-mediated transactivation remains an attractive area of research for medicinal chemists.
SUMMARY
Some embodiments described herein include a compound of Formula I
[0007] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
[0008] wherein:
[0009] n is 1 or 3;
[0010] p is 1 or 3;
[0011] q is l or 3;
[0012] each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted hydroxyl, an optionally substituted amino, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
[0013] each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato, nitro, -OC(=0)CH3, a urea, an optionally substituted Ci- C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally two geminal R2 together with the atom to which they are attached is an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, or optionally substituted 3-7 membered heterocycle ring, or optionally two adjacent R2 together with the atoms to which they are attached is an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl or optionally substituted 3-7 membered heterocycle ring, or optionally two geminal R2 together are oxo;
[0014] each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato, nitro, -OC(=0)CH3, a urea, an optionally substituted Ci- C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an
optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally two geminal R3 together with the atom to which they are attached is an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl or optionally substituted 3-7 membered heterocycle ring, or optionally two adjacent R3 together with the atoms to which they are attached is an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl or optionally substituted 3-7 membered heterocycle ring;
[0015] R4 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
[0016] R5 is selected from the group consisting of -L1-R5A, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
[0017] L1 is selected from the group consisting of -NHC(=0)-, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl and an optionally substituted C2- C6 alkynyl;
[0018] R5A is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
[0019] R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydro xyl, -SH, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy;
[0020] R7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydro xyl, -SH, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, or optionally R and R together are oxygen or sulfur;
[0021] R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl;
[0022] each R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
[0023] R10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, and optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl;
[0024] R11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, or optionally R10 and R11 together are oxo;
[0025] each R12 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, -OC(=0)CH3, a urea, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl; and
[0026] each dashed line independently represents an optional double bond,
[0027] with the proviso that at least one of R2, R3 or R12 is not hydrogen,
[0028] or with the proviso that when n is 1 , p is 1 , q is 1 , one R1 is -N(CH3)2 and R2
R3 and R12 are hydrogen then R5 is no
[0029] or with the proviso
that R is substituted . In some embodiments, R may be selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl and optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R10 may be selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl and methyl. In some embodiments, R10 may be selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl. In some embodiments, L1 may be selected from the group consisting of -NHC(=0)-, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl. In some embodiments, when n is 1, p is 1, q
[0030] Other embodimens described herein include a compound of Formula II:
[0031] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
[0032] wherein:
[0033] q is 1 or 3;
[0034] each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted hydroxyl, an optionally substituted amino, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
[0035] R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
[0036] each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato, nitro, -OC(=0)CH3, a urea, an optionally substituted Ci- C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally the two R3 together with the atom to which they are attached is an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl or optionally substituted 3-7 membered heterocycle ring;
[0037] R4 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
[0038] R5 is selected from the group consisting of -L1-R5A, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
[0039] L1 is selected from the group consisting of -NHC(=0)-, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl;
[0040] R5A is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
[0041] R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, -SH, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl;
[0042] R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
[0043] each R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
[0044] R10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl;
[0045] R11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, or optionally R10 and R11 together are oxo;
[0046] each R12 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, -OC(=0)CH3, a urea, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl; and
[0047] each dashed line independently represents an optional double bond.
0048] Still other embodiments described herein include a compound of Formula III:
[0049] and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
[0050] wherein:
[0051] p is 1 or 3;
[0052] q is 1 or 3;
[0053] each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted hydroxyl, an optionally substituted amino, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
[0054] R2A is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato, nitro, -OC(=0)CH3, a urea, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
[0055] R2B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato, nitro, -OC(=0)CH3, a urea, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally
substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally R2A and R2B together with the atoms to which they are attached is an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl or optionally substituted 3-7 membered heterocycle ring;
[0056] each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally two adjacent R3 together with the atoms to which they are attached is an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl or optionally substituted 3-7 membered heterocycle ring;
[0057] R4 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
[0058] R5 is selected from the group consisting of -L1-R5A, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
[0059] L1 is selected from the group consisting of -NHC(=0)-, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl;
[0060] R5A is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
[0061] R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydro xyl, -SH, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy;
[0062] R7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydro xyl, -SH, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, or optionally R and R together are oxygen or sulfur;
[0063] R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl;
[0064] each R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
[0065] R10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl;
[0066] R11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, or optionally R10 and R11 together are oxo;
[0067] each R12 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, -OC(=0)CH3, a urea, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl; and
[0068] each dashed line independently represents an optional double bond.
0069] Other embodiments described herein include a compound of Formula IV:
[0070] and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
[0071] wherein:
[0072] n is 1 or 3;
[0073] q is 1 or 3;
[0074] each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted hydroxyl, an optionally substituted amino, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
[0075] each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato, nitro, -OC(=0)CH3, a urea, an optionally substituted Ci- C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally two adjacent R2 together with the atoms to which they are attached is an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl or optionally substituted 3-7 membered heterocycle ring;
[0076] R3A is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato, nitro, -OC(=0)CH3, a urea, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an
optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
[0077] R3B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato, nitro, -OC(=0)CH3, a urea, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally R3A and R3B together with the atoms to which they are attached is an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl or optionally substituted 3-7 membered heterocycl ring;
[0078] R4 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
[0079] R5 is selected from the group consisting of -L1-R5A, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
[0080] L1 is selected from the group consisting of -NHC(=0)-, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl;
[0081] R5A is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
[0082] R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydro xyl, -SH, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy;
[0083] R7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydro xyl, -SH, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, or optionally R and R together are oxygen or sulfur;
[0084] R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl;
[0085] each R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
[0086] R10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl;
[0087] R11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, or optionally R10 and R11 together are oxo;
[0088] each R12 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, -OC(=0)CH3, a urea, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally
substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl; and
[0089] each dashed line independently represents an optional double bond.
[0090] Some embodiments described herein include a pharmaceutical composition, comprising a compound described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, excipient or combination thereof.
[0091] Some embodiments described herein include a method of inhibiting angiogenesis, comprising administering a compound described herein to a subject in need thereof.
[0092] Some embodiments described herein include a method of treating a disease selected from the group consisting of bladder cancer, breast cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, endometrial cancer, kidney cancer, lung cancer, melanoma, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, thyroid cancer, diabetic blindness, age-related macular degeneration, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, systematic lupus erythematosus, erythematosus, proliferative retinopathy, and atherosclerosis, comprising administering a compound described herein to a subject in need thereof.
[0093] Some embodiments provide a method of inhibiting CDK8, comprising contacting CDK8 with a compound of Formula I, II, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the contacting CDK8 comprises administering a compound to a subject that has cancer. Some embodiments provide a method of inhibiting CDK8, comprising contacting CDK8 with dedihydrocortistatin A, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the contacting CDK8 comprises administering dedihydrocortistatin A to a subject that has cancer. In some embodiments, the contacting CDK8 comprises administering a compound to a subject that has a viral infection. In some embodiments, the viral infection is HBV, HCV, CMV, and HIV. Some embodiments provide a method of treating a cancer that is not treatable by inhibiting angiogenesis, comprising administering a compound of Formula I, II, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need thereof. Some embodiments provide a method of treating a cancer that is not treatable by inhibiting angiogenesis, comprising administering dedihydrocortistatin A, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need thereof. In some embodiments, the cancer is leukemia. In some embodiments, the cancer is multiple myeloma.
[0094] Some embodiments provide a method of treating melanoma, comprising administering dedihydrocortistatin A, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need thereof. Some embodiments provide a method of treating multiple myeloma, comprising
administering dedihydrocortistatin A, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need thereof.
[0095] Some embodiments provide a method of treating melanoma, comprising administering a compound of Formula I, II, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need thereof. Some embodiments provide a method of treating multiple myeloma, comprising administering a compound of Formula I, II, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need thereof.
[0096] Some embodiments described herein include a method of inhibiting HIV replication, comprising administering a compound described herein to a subject infected with HIV.
[0097] Finally, some embodiments described herein include a method of preventing an HIV infection, comprising administering a compound described herein to a subject at risk for said infection.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0098] It is to be understood that both the foregoing general description and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory only and are not restrictive of the embodiments claimed. In this application, the use of the singular includes the plural unless specifically stated otherwise. In this application, the use of "or" means "and/or" unless stated otherwise. Furthermore, use of the term "including" as well as other forms, such as "includes," and "included," is not limiting.
[0099] The section headings used herein are for organizational purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting the subject matter described. All documents, or portions of documents, cited in the application including, but not limited to, patents, patent applications, articles, books, manuals, and treatises are hereby expressly incorporated by reference in their entirety for any purpose.
Definitions
[0100] "Solvate" refers to the compound formed by the interaction of a solvent and a compound described herein or salt thereof. Suitable solvates are pharmaceutically acceptable solvates including hydrates.
[0101] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to salts that retain the biological effectiveness and properties of a compound and, which are not biologically or
otherwise undesirable for use in a pharmaceutical. In many cases, the compounds disclosed herein are capable of forming acid and/or base salts by virtue of the presence of amino and/or carboxyl groups or groups similar thereto. Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts can be formed with inorganic acids and organic acids. Inorganic acids from which salts can be derived include, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like. Organic acids from which salts can be derived include, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like. Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts can be formed with inorganic and organic bases. Inorganic bases from which salts can be derived include, for example, sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum, and the like; particularly preferred are the ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium and magnesium salts. Organic bases from which salts can be derived include, for example, primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines, basic ion exchange resins, and the like, specifically such as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, and ethanolamine. Many such salts are known in the art, as described in WO 87/05297, Johnston et al, published September 11, 1987 (incorporated by reference herein in its entirety).
[0102] As used herein, "Ca to Cb" or "Ca_b" in which "a" and "b" are integers refer to the number of carbon atoms in the specified group. That is, the group can contain from "a" to "b", inclusive, carbon atoms. Thus, for example, a "Ci to C4 alkyl" or "Ci_4 alkyl" group refers to all alkyl groups having from 1 to 4 carbons, that is, CH3-, CH3CH2-, CH3CH2CH2-, (CH3)2CH-, CH3CH2CH2CH2-, CH3CH2CH(CH3)- and (CH3)3C-.
[0103] The term "halogen" or "halo," as used herein, means any one of the radio- stable atoms of column 7 of the Periodic Table of the Elements, e.g., fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine, with fluorine and chlorine being preferred.
[0104] As used herein, "alkyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain that is fully saturated (i.e., contains no double or triple bonds). The alkyl group may have 1 to 20 carbon atoms (whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as "1 to 20" refers to each integer in the given range; e.g., "1 to 20 carbon atoms" means that the alkyl group may consist of 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "alkyl" where no numerical range is designated). The alkyl group may also be a medium size alkyl having 1 to 9
carbon atoms. The alkyl group could also be a lower alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be designated as "Ci_4 alkyl" or similar designations. By way of example only, "Ci_4 alkyl" indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the alkyl chain, i.e., the alkyl chain is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso- butyl, sec-butyl, and t-butyl. Typical alkyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tertiary butyl, pentyl, hexyl, and the like.
[0105] As used herein, "alkoxy" refers to the formula -OR wherein R is an alkyl as is defined above, such as "Ci_9 alkoxy", including but not limited to methoxy, ethoxy, n- propoxy, 1-methylethoxy (isopropoxy), n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, sec-butoxy, and tert-butoxy, and the like.
[0106] As used herein, "alkylthio" refers to the formula -SR wherein R is an alkyl as is defined above, such as "Ci_g alkylthio" and the like, including but not limited to methylmercapto, ethylmercapto, n-propylmercapto, 1-methylethylmercapto
(isopropylmercapto), n-butylmercapto, iso-butylmercapto, sec-butylmercapto, tert- butylmercapto, and the like.
[0107] As used herein, "alkenyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain containing one or more double bonds. The alkenyl group may have 2 to 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "alkenyl" where no numerical range is designated. The alkenyl group may also be a medium size alkenyl having 2 to 9 carbon atoms. The alkenyl group could also be a lower alkenyl having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkenyl group may be designated as "C2_4 alkenyl" or similar designations. By way of example only, "C2_4 alkenyl" indicates that there are two to four carbon atoms in the alkenyl chain, i.e., the alkenyl chain is selected from the group consisting of ethenyl, propen-l-yl, propen-2-yl, propen-3-yl, buten-l-yl, buten-2-yl, buten-3-yl, buten-4-yl, 1-methyl-propen-l-yl, 2-methyl-propen-l-yl, 1 -ethyl-ethen-l-yl, 2-methyl-propen-3-yl, buta-l ,3-dienyl, buta-1 ,2,- dienyl, and buta-l ,2-dien-4-yl. Typical alkenyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, and hexenyl, and the like.
[0108] As used herein, "alkynyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain containing one or more triple bonds. The alkynyl group may have 2 to 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "alkynyl" where no numerical range is designated. The alkynyl group may also be a medium size alkynyl having 2 to 9 carbon atoms. The alkynyl group could also be a lower alkynyl having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
The alkynyl group may be designated as "C2_4 alkynyl" or similar designations. By way of example only, "C2_4 alkynyl" indicates that there are two to four carbon atoms in the alkynyl
chain, i.e., the alkynyl chain is selected from the group consisting of ethynyl, propyn-l-yl, propyn-2-yl, butyn-l-yl, butyn-3-yl, butyn-4-yl, and 2-butynyl. Typical alkynyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, and hexynyl, and the like.
[0109] As used herein, "heteroalkyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain containing one or more heteroatoms, that is, an element other than carbon, including but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, in the chain backbone. The heteroalkyl group may have 1 to 20 carbon atom, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "heteroalkyl" where no numerical range is designated. The heteroalkyl group may also be a medium size heteroalkyl having 1 to 9 carbon atoms. The heteroalkyl group could also be a lower heteroalkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The heteroalkyl group may be designated as "Ci_4 heteroalkyl" or similar designations. The heteroalkyl group may contain one or more heteroatoms. By way of example only, "Ci_4 heteroalkyl" indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the heteroalkyl chain and additionally one or more heteroatoms in the backbone of the chain.
[0110] The term "aromatic" refers to a ring or ring system having a conjugated pi electron system and includes both carbocyclic aromatic (e.g., phenyl) and heterocyclic aromatic groups (e.g., pyridine). The term includes monocyclic or fused-ring polycyclic (i.e., rings which share adjacent pairs of atoms) groups provided that the entire ring system is aromatic.
[0111] As used herein, "aryl" refers to an aromatic ring or ring system (i.e., two or more fused rings that share two adjacent carbon atoms) containing only carbon in the ring backbone. When the aryl is a ring system, every ring in the system is aromatic. The aryl group may have 6 to 18 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "aryl" where no numerical range is designated. In some embodiments, the aryl group has 6 to 10 carbon atoms. The aryl group may be designated as "C6-io aryl," "C6 or C10 aryl," or similar designations. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, azulenyl, and anthracenyl.
[0112] As used herein, "aryloxy" and "arylthio" refers to RO- and RS-, in which R is an aryl as is defined above, such as "C6-io aryloxy" or "C6-io arylthio" and the like, including but not limited to phenyloxy.
[0113] An "aralkyl" or "arylalkyl" is an aryl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group, such as "C7-14 aralkyl" and the like, including but not limited to benzyl, 2- phenylethyl, 3-phenylpropyl, and naphthylalkyl. In some cases, the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group (i.e., a C1-4 alkylene group).
[0114] As used herein, "heteroaryl" refers to an aromatic ring or ring system (i.e., two or more fused rings that share two adjacent atoms) that contain(s) one or more heteroatoms, that is, an element other than carbon, including but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, in the ring backbone. When the heteroaryl is a ring system, every ring in the system is aromatic. The heteroaryl group may have 5-18 ring members (i.e., the number of atoms making up the ring backbone, including carbon atoms and heteroatoms), although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "heteroaryl" where no numerical range is designated. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl group has 5 to 10 ring members or 5 to 7 ring members. The heteroaryl group may be designated as "5-7 membered heteroaryl," "5-10 membered heteroaryl," or similar designations. Examples of heteroaryl rings include, but are not limited to, furyl, thienyl, phthalazinyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinlinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, and benzothienyl.
[0115] A "heteroaralkyl" or "heteroarylalkyl" is heteroaryl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group. Examples include but are not limited to 2-thienylmethyl, 3- thienylmethyl, furylmethyl, thienylethyl, pyrrolylalkyl, pyridylalkyl, isoxazoUylalkyl, and imidazolylalkyl. In some cases, the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group (i.e., a Ci_4 alkylene group).
[0116] As used herein, "carbocyclyl" means a non-aromatic cyclic ring or ring system containing only carbon atoms in the ring system backbone. When the carbocyclyl is a ring system, two or more rings may be joined together in a fused, bridged or spiro-connected fashion. Carbocyclyls may have any degree of saturation provided that at least one ring in a ring system is not aromatic. Thus, carbocyclyls include cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, and cycloalkynyls. The carbocyclyl group may have 3 to 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "carbocyclyl" where no numerical range is designated. The carbocyclyl group may also be a medium size carbocyclyl having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. The carbocyclyl group could also be a carbocyclyl having 3 to 6 carbon atoms. The carbocyclyl group may be designated as "C3_6 carbocyclyl" or similar designations. Examples of carbocyclyl rings include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, 2,3-dihydro-indene, bicycle[2.2.2]octanyl, adamantyl, and spiro[4.4]nonanyl.
[0117] A "(carbocyclyl)alkyl" is a carbocyclyl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group, such as "C4_io (carbocyclyl)alkyl" and the like, including but not limited to,
cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopropylethyl, cyclopropylbutyl, cyclobutylethyl, cyclopropylisopropyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclohexylethyl, cycloheptylmethyl, and the like. In some cases, the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group.
[0118] As used herein, "cycloalkyl" means a fully saturated carbocyclyl ring or ring system. Examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl.
[0119] As used herein, "cycloalkenyl" means a carbocyclyl ring or ring system having at least one double bond, wherein no ring in the ring system is aromatic. An example is cyclohexenyl.
[0120] As used herein, "heterocyclyl" means a non-aromatic cyclic ring or ring system containing at least one heteroatom in the ring backbone. Heterocyclyls may be joined together in a fused, bridged or spiro-connected fashion. Heterocyclyls may have any degree of saturation provided that at least one ring in the ring system is not aromatic. The heteroatom(s) may be present in either a non-aromatic or aromatic ring in the ring system. The heterocyclyl group may have 3 to 20 ring members (i.e., the number of atoms making up the ring backbone, including carbon atoms and heteroatoms), although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term "heterocyclyl" where no numerical range is designated. The heterocyclyl group may also be a medium size heterocyclyl having 3 to 10 ring members. The heterocyclyl group could also be a heterocyclyl having 3 to 6 ring members. The heterocyclyl group may be designated as "3-6 membered heterocyclyl" or similar designations. In preferred six membered monocyclic heterocyclyls, the heteroatom(s) are selected from one up to three of O, N or S, and in preferred five membered monocyclic heterocyclyls, the heteroatom(s) are selected from one or two heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S. Examples of heterocyclyl rings include, but are not limited to, azepinyl, acridinyl, carbazolyl, cinnolinyl, dioxolanyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, morpholinyl, oxiranyl, oxepanyl, thiepanyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, dioxopiperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, pyrrolidionyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, 1,3-dioxinyl, 1,3-dioxanyl, 1 ,4-dioxinyl, 1 ,4-dioxanyl, 1,3-oxathianyl, 1,4- oxathiinyl, 1 ,4-oxathianyl, 2H-l,2-oxazinyl, trioxanyl, hexahydro-l,3,5-triazinyl, 1,3-dioxolyl,
1.3 - dioxolanyl, 1,3-dithiolyl, 1,3-dithiolanyl, isoxazolinyl, isoxazolidinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolidinonyl, thiazolinyl, thiazolidinyl, 1,3-oxathiolanyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, tetrahydro-
1.4- thiazinyl, thiamorpholinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, benzimidazolidinyl, and tetrahydroquinoline.
[0121] A "(heterocyclyl)alkyl" is a heterocyclyl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group. Examples include, but are not limited to, imidazolinylmethyl and indolinylethyl.
[0122] As used herein, "acyl" refers to -C(=0)R, wherein R is hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-7 carbocyclyl, C6-io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein. Non-limiting examples include formyl, acetyl, propanoyl, benzoyl, and acryl.
[0123] An "O-carboxy" group refers to a "-OC(=0)R" group in which R is selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-7 carbocyclyl, C6-io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
[0124] A "C-carboxy" group refers to a "-C(=0)OR" group in which R is selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2_6 alkynyl, C3_7 carbocyclyl, C6_io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein. A non- limiting example includes carboxyl (i.e., -C(=0)OH).
[0125] A "cyano" group refers to a "-CN" group.
[0126] A "cyanato" group refers to an "-OCN" group.
[0127] An "isocyanato" group refers to a "-NCO" group.
[0128] A "thiocyanato" group refers to a "-SCN" group.
[0129] An "isothiocyanato" group refers to an " -NCS" group.
[0130] A "sulfinyl" group refers to an "-S(=0)R" group in which R is selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2_6 alkynyl, C3_7 carbocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
[0131] A "sulfonyl" group refers to an "-SO2R" group in which R is selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3_7 carbocyclyl, C6-1o aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
[0132] An "S-sulfonamido" group refers to a "-S02NRARB" group in which RA and RB are each independently selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3_7 carbocyclyl, C6-io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
[0133] An "N-sulfonamido" group refers to a "-N(RA)S02RB" group in which RA and Rb are each independently selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3_7 carbocyclyl, C6-io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
[0134] An "O-carbamyl" group refers to a "-OC(=0)NRARB" group in which RA and RB are each independently selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2_6 alkynyl, C3-7 carbocyclyl, C6-1o aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
[0135] An "N-carbamyl" group refers to an "-N(RA)C(=0)ORB" group in which RA and RB are each independently selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2_6 alkynyl, C3- 7 carbocyclyl, C6-io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
[0136] An "O-thiocarbamyl" group refers to a "-OC(=S)NRARB" group in which RA and RB are each independently selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2_6 alkynyl, C3- 7 carbocyclyl, C6-io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
[0137] An "N-thiocarbamyl" group refers to an "-N(RA)C(=S)ORB" group in which RA and RB are each independently selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2_6 alkynyl, C3-7 carbocyclyl, C6-1o aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
[0138] A "urea" group refers to a "-N(RA)C(=0)NRARB" group in which RA and RB are each independently selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2_6 alkynyl, C3-7 carbocyclyl, C6-io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
[0139] A "C-amido" group refers to a "-C(=0)NRARB" group in which RA and RB are each independently selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2_6 alkynyl, C3-7 carbocyclyl, C6-io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
[0140] An "N-amido" group refers to a "-N(RA)C(=0)RB" group in which RA and RB are each independently selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2_6 alkynyl, C3-7 carbocyclyl, C6-io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein.
[0141] An "amino" group refers to a "-NRARB" group in which RA and RB are each independently selected from hydrogen, Ci_6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2_6 alkynyl, C3-7 carbocyclyl, C6-io aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and 5-10 membered heterocyclyl, as defined herein. A non-limiting example includes free amino (i.e., -NH2).
[0142] An "aminoalkyl" group refers to an amino group connected via an alkylene group.
[0143] An "alkoxyalkyl" group refers to an alkoxy group connected via an alkylene group, such as a "C2_g alkoxyalkyl" and the like.
[0144] As used herein, a substituted group is derived from the unsubstituted parent group in which there has been an exchange of one or more hydrogen atoms for another atom or group. Unless otherwise indicated, when a group is deemed to be "substituted," it is meant that the group is substituted with one or more subsitutents independently selected from Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkenyl, Ci-C6 alkynyl, Ci-C6 heteroalkyl, C3-C7 carbocyclyl (optionally substituted with halo, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, Ci-C6 haloalkyl, and Ci-C6 haloalkoxy), C3-C7-carbocyclyl-Ci- C6-alkyl (optionally substituted with halo, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, Ci-C6 haloalkyl, and Ci-C6 haloalkoxy), 5-10 membered heterocyclyl (optionally substituted with halo, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, Ci-C6 haloalkyl, and Ci-C6 haloalkoxy), 5-10 membered heterocyclyl-Ci-C6-alkyl (optionally substituted with halo, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, Ci-C6 haloalkyl, and Ci-C6 haloalkoxy), aryl (optionally substituted with halo, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, Ci-C6 haloalkyl, and Ci-C6 haloalkoxy), aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl (optionally substituted with halo, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, Ci-C6 haloalkyl, and Ci-C6 haloalkoxy), 5-10 membered heteroaryl (optionally substituted with halo, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, Ci-C6 haloalkyl, and Ci-C6 haloalkoxy), 5-10 membered heteroaryl(Ci-Ce)alkyl (optionally substituted with halo, Ci-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, Ci-C6 haloalkyl, and Ci-C6 haloalkoxy), halo, cyano, hydroxy, Ci-C6 alkoxy, Ci-C6 alkoxy(Ci- C6)alkyl (i.e., ether), aryloxy, sulfhydryl (mercapto), halo(Ci-C6)alkyl (e.g., -CF3), halo(Ci- C6)alkoxy (e.g., -OCF3), Ci-C6 alkylthio, arylthio, amino, amino(Ci-C6)alkyl, nitro, O- carbamyl, N-carbamyl, O-thiocarbamyl, N-thiocarbamyl, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N- sulfonamido, C-carboxy, O-carboxy, acyl, cyanato, isocyanato, thiocyanato, isothiocyanato, sulfmyl, sulfonyl, and oxo (=0). Wherever a group is described as "optionally substituted" that group can be substituted with the above substituents.
[0145] It is to be understood that certain radical naming conventions can include either a mono-radical or a di-radical, depending on the context. For example, where a substituent requires two points of attachment to the rest of the molecule, it is understood that the substituent is a di-radical. For example, a substituent identified as alkyl that requires two points of attachment includes di-radicals such as -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, -CH2CH(CH3)CH2-, and the like. Other radical naming conventions clearly indicate that the radical is a di-radical such as "alkylene" or "alkenylene."
[0146] When two R groups are said to form a ring (e.g., a carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl ring) "together with the atom to which they are attached," it is meant that the collective unit of the atom and the two R groups are the recited ring. The ring is not otherwise
limited by the definition of each R group when taken individually. For example, when following substructure is present:
and R1 and R2 are defined as selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, or R and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a heteroaryl, it is meant that R1 and R2 can be selected from hydrogen or alkyl, or alternatively, the substructure has structure:
where ring E is a heteroaryl ring contain ng the depicted nitrogen.
[0147] Similarly, when two "adjacent" R groups are said to form a ring "together with the atom to which they are attached," it is meant that the collective unit of the atoms, intervening bonds, and the two R groups are the recited ring. For example, when the following substructure is present:
and R1 and R2 are defined as selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, or R and R2 together with the atoms to which they are attached form an aryl or carbocylyl, it is meant that R1 and R2 can be selected from hydrogen or alkyl, or alternatively, the substructure has structure:
where E is an aryl ring or a carbocylyl containing the depicted double bond.
[0148] Wherever a substituent is depicted as a di-radical (i.e., has two points of attachment to the rest of the molecule), it is to be understood that the substituent can be attached in any directional configuration unless otherwise indicated. Thus, for example, a substituent
A
depicted as -AE- or E includes the substituent being oriented such that the A is attached at the leftmost attachment point of the molecule as well as the case in which A is attached at the rightmost attachment point of the molecule.
[0149] "Subject" as used herein, means a human or a non-human mammal, e.g., a dog, a cat, a mouse, a rat, a cow, a sheep, a pig, a goat, a non-human primate or a bird, e.g., a chicken, as well as any other vertebrate or invertebrate.
[0150] The term "mammal" is used in its usual biological sense. Thus, it specifically includes, but is not limited to, primates, including simians (chimpanzees, apes, monkeys) and humans, cattle, horses, sheep, goats, swine, rabbits, dogs, cats, rodents, rats, mice guinea pigs, or the like.
[0151] An "effective amount" or a "therapeutically effective amount" as used herein refers to an amount of a therapeutic agent that is effective to relieve, to some extent, or to reduce the likelihood of onset of, one or more of the symptoms of a disease or condition, and includes curing a disease or condition. "Curing" means that the symptoms of a disease or condition are eliminated; however, certain long-term or permanent effects may exist even after a cure is obtained (such as extensive tissue damage).
[0152] "Treat," "treatment," or "treating," as used herein refers to administering a compound or pharmaceutical composition to a subject for prophylactic and/or therapeutic purposes. The term "prophylactic treatment" refers to treating a subject who does not yet exhibit symptoms of a disease or condition, but who is susceptible to, or otherwise at risk of, a particular disease or condition, whereby the treatment reduces the likelihood that the patient will develop the disease or condition. The term "therapeutic treatment" refers to administering treatment to a subject already suffering from a disease or condition.
Compounds
[0153] The skilled artisan will recognize that some structures described herein may be resonance forms or tautomers of compounds that may be fairly represented by other chemical structures, even when kinetically; the artisan recognizes that such structures may only represent a very small portion of a sample of such compound(s). Such compounds are considered within the scope of the structures depicted, though such resonance forms or tautomers are not represented herein.
[0154] Isotopes may be present in the compounds described. Each chemical element present in a compound either specifically or generically described hereinmay include any
isotope of said element. For example, in a compound specifically or generically described herein a hydrogen atom may be explicitly disclosed or understood to be present in the compound and each such hydrogen atom is any isotope of hydrogen, including but not limited to hydrogen- 1 (protium) and hydrogen-2 (deuterium). Thus, reference herein to a compound encompasses all potential isotopic forms unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
[0155] Some embodiments include compounds of Formula I as described above. In some embodiments the compounds of Formula I have the structure of Formula la:
[0156] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R is hydrogen.
[0157] In some embodiments of formulae I or la, each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted hydroxyl, and an optionally substituted amino;
[0158] each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and hydroxy, or optionally two adjacent R2 together with the atoms to which they are attached is an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl;
[0159] each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato, and an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl; and
[0160] R10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci-C6 alkyl; and
[0161] R11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci-C6 alkyl.
[0162] In some embodiments of formulae I or la, each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, and -N(Methyl)2;
[0163] each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, and hydroxy, or optionally two adjacent R2 together with the atoms to which they are attached is an optionally substituted cyclopropyl;
[0164] each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato, methyl, and trifluoromethyl;
[0165] R5 is selected from the group consisting of -L1-R5A and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
[0166] L1 is selected from the group consisting of -NHC(=0)-, C1-C3 alkyl, and an optionally substituted C2-C4 alkenyl;
[0167] R5A is an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
[0168] R10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; and
[0169] R11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl.
[0170] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula la may have the structure of Formula Iaa:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
wherein:
R5 is selected from the group consisting of -L1-R5A, an optionally substituted aryl and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
L1 is selected from the group consisting of -NHC(=0)- and ethynyl;
R5A is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted aryl and an optionally substituted heteroaryl.
[0171] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula la may have the structure of Formula lab:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
wherein:
R5 is selected from the group consisting of -L1-R5A, an optionally substituted aryl and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
L1 is selected from the group consisting of -NHC(=0)- and ethynyl;
R5A is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted aryl and an optionally substituted heteroaryl.
[0172] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula la may have the structure of Formula lac:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
wherein:
R5 is selected from the group consisting of -I^-R5^ an optionally substituted aryl and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
L1 is selected from the group consisting of -NHC(=0)- and ethynyl;
R5A is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted aryl and an optionally substituted heteroaryl.
[0173] In some embodiments of any of Formulae I-IV, at least one R1 is hydroxyl. In some embodiments of any of Formulae I-IV, at least two R1 are hydroxyl. In some embodiments of any of Formulae I-IV, at least one R1 is -N(CH3)2. In some embodiments of any of Formulae I-IV and any of the foregoing embodiments defining R1, R5 is an optionally substituted aryl. In some embodiments of any of Formulae I-IV and any of the foregoing embodiments defining R1, R5 is an optionally substituted phenyl. In some embodiments of any of Formulae I-IV and any of the foregoing embodiments defining R1, R5 is phenyl. In some embodiments of any of Formulae I-IV and any of the foregoing embodiments defining R1, R5 is an optionally substituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments of any of Formulae I-IV and any of the foregoing embodiments defining R1, R5 is pyridinyl, quinolinyl, quinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, 3-methyl-iH- indazolyl, iH-indazolyl, l-(difluoromethyl)-isoquinolinyl, 3-amino-7-quinazolinyl, isoquinol-1- one-7-yl, N-propyl-isoquinolin-7-yl-l -amine, or N-propyl-quinazolin-7-yl-4-amine. In some embodiments of any of Formulae I-IV and any of the foregoing embodiments defining R1, R5 is an optionally substituted isoquinolinyl. In some embodiments of any of Formulae I-IV and any of the foregoing embodiments defining R1, R5 is -LX-R5A. In some such embodiments of any of Formulae I-IV and any of the foregoing embodiments defining R1, R5A an optionally substituted heteroaryl. In some such embodiments of any of Formulae I-IV and any of the foregoing embodiments defining R1, R5A an optionally pyridinyl. In some embodiments of any of Formulae I-IV and any of the foregoing embodiments defining R1, R5 is -C(=0)NH-R5A, where
R5A
is as defined herein, and in some embodiments, is optionally substituted heteroaryl (or specifically pyridinyl). In some embodiments of any of Formulae I-IV and any of the foregoing embodiments defining R1, R5 is -C≡C-R5A, where R5A is as defined herein, and in some embodiments, is optionally substituted heteroaryl (or specifically pyridinyl).
[0174] Other embodiments include compounds of Formula II as described above. In some embodiments of Formula II, each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted hydroxyl, and an optionally substituted amino;
[0175] R2 is hydrogen or Ci-C3 alkyl;
[0176] each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato, and an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl;
[0177] R10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci-C6 alkyl; and
[0178] R11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci-C6 alkyl.
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R12 is hydrogen. In some embodiments of Formula II, each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, and -N(Methyl)2;
[[00118822]] RR55 is selected from the group consisting of -LX-R5A and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
[0183] selected from the group consisting of -NHC(=0)-, C 1-C3 alkyl, and C2
C4 alkenyl; and
[0184] R is an optionally substituted heteroaryl.
[0185] Other embodiments include a compound of Formula III as described above.
[0186] Still other embodiments include a compound of Formula IV as described above.
[0187] Specific examples of the compounds described herein are depicted in Table 1 below wherein R5 is selected from the group consisting of the structures depicted in Table 2 in the specification. Other specific examples include the structures depicted in Table 4.
[0188] In some alternative embodiments of Formulae I-IV, R5A may be substuituted with a tetrahydro-lH-thieno[3,4-d]imidazol-2(3H)-one containing moiety, In some alternative embodiments of Formulae I-IV, R 5A may be substuituted with
Methods of Preparation
[0189] The compounds disclosed herein may be synthesized by methods described below, or by modification of these methods. Ways of modifying the methodology include,
among others, temperature, solvent, reagents etc., known to those skilled in the art. In general, during any of the processes for preparation of the compounds disclosed herein, it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect sensitive or reactive groups on any of the molecules concerned. This may be achieved by means of conventional protecting groups, such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry (ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973); and P.G.M. Green, T.W. Wutts, Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis (3rd ed.) Wiley, New York (1999), which are both hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. The protecting groups may be removed at a convenient subsequent stage using methods known from the art. Synthetic chemistry transformations useful in synthesizing applicable compounds are known in the art and include e.g. those described in R. Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations, VCH Publishers, 1989, or L. Paquette, ed., Encyclopedia of Reagents for Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, 1995, which are both hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. The routes shown and described herein are illustrative only and are not intended, nor are they to be construed, to limit the scope of the claims in any manner whatsoever. Those skilled in the art will be able to recognize modifications of the disclosed syntheses and to devise alternate routes based on the disclosures herein; all such modifications and alternate routes are within the scope of the claims.
Scheme
[0190] Scheme I provides compounds of general Formula I having the structure of I- II- A. The compound of Formula I-A may be obtained using procedures know in the art and simple modificatons thereof, for example as described in U.S. Pub. No. 2011/0060140 and Shi et al., "Scalable Synthesis of Cortistatin A and Related Structures," J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2011, 133(20): 8014-8027 each disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. The compound of Formula I-A may be reacted under conditions known in the art, for example under Stille or Suzuki conditions, to afford the compounds of Formula II-A. The variables R5
and R in Scheme I are defined appropriate to the reaction conditions and procedures. For example, R5 may be aryl or heteroaryl.
Scheme II
wherein n, p, and q are 0, or 2 and at least one n, p, or q is 2.
[0191] Scheme II provides compounds of general Formula I having the structure of II-B. The compound of Formula II-A may be reacted under conditions known in the art, for example as described in Leggans et al, Org. Lett., 2011, 14, 1428-1431; Barker et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2012, 134, 13588-13591; Gaspar et al, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 2007, 46, 4519- 4522; Gaspar et al, Synthesis, 2007, 3839-3845; Gaspar et al, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 2008, 47, 5758-5760; and Isayama et al, Chem. Lett. 1989, 1071-1074 each disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, to afford the compounds of Formula II-B. The variables R2, R3, and R12 in the compound of Formula II-B are defined appropriate to the reaction conditions and procedures. For example, each R2, R3, and R12 may be independently selected from, but is not limited to, the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, fluoro, cyano, and nitro.
Scheme III
[0192] The process of Scheme III provides compounds of general Formula I having the structure of Formula III-A. The compound of Formula II-A may be reacted under cyclopropanation conditions known in the art, for example as described in Grieco et al., J. Org. Chem., 1977, 42(25): 4113-4118 the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. For example, the compound of Formula II-A may be reacted under Simmons-Smith reaction conditions to afford a compound of Formula III-A. The variables R5 and R in Scheme III, are defined appropriate to the reaction conditions and procedures. For example, R5 may be aryl or heteroaryl.
Scheme IV
[0193] Scheme IV provides compounds of general Formula I having the structure of IV-D. The compound of Formula IV-A may be prepared according to the procedures described in U.S. Pub. No. 2011/0060140. The compound of Formula IV-A may be reacted under conditions known in the art, for example under Sharpless Epoxidation conditions as described in Johnson et al., "Catalytic Asymmetric Epoxidation of Allylic Alcohols," Catalytic Asymmetric Synthesis, 2nd ed., Ojima, I. Ed., Wiley-CVH: New York, 2000; 231-280; Katsuki, T., "Epoxidation of Allylic Alcohols," Comprehensive Asymmetric Catalysis," 1st ed., Jacobsen, E.
N.; Pfaltz, A.; Yamamoto, H. Eds., Springer: New York, 1999; Vol. 2, 621-648; Johnson et al, "Addition Reactions with Formation of Carbon-Oxygen Bonds: Asymmetric Methods of Epoxidation," Comprehensive Organic Synthesis, 1st ed., Trost, B. M., Fleming, I. Eds., Pergamon Press: New York, 1991; Vol. 7, 389-436; and Jacobsen, E., "Transition Metal- catalyzed Oxidations: Asymmetric Epoxidation," Comprehensive Organometallic Chemistry II, 1st ed.; Abel, E. W.; Stone, F. G. A.; Wilkinson, G. Eds., Pergamon Press: New York,1995; Vol. 12, 1097-1135 each disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, to form an epoxide of Formula IV-B. The compound of Formula IV-B may be reacted under conditions known in the art, for example under acidic conditions as described in Sheppard, W.A.; Sharts, CM., Organic Fluorine Chemistry, W.A. Benjamin, NY, 1969, pp. 52-184, 409- 430 the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, to afford a halohydrin of Formula IV-C. The halohydrin of Formula IV-C may be reacted under procedures know in the art, for example as described in U.S. Pub. No. 2011/0060140 and Shi et al, "Scalable Synthesis of Cortistatin A and Related Structures," J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2011, 133(20): 8014-8027 the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, to afford a compound of Formula IV-D. The variable R2 in the compound of Formula IV-D are defined appropriate to the reaction conditions and procedures. For example, R2 may be chloro, fluoro, or bromo, but is not limited thereto. The variable R5 may be defined appropriate to the reaction conditions and procedures. For example, R5 may be aryl or heteroaryl.
Scheme V
[0194] The process of Scheme V provides compounds of general Formula I having the structure of Formula V-A. The compound of Formula V-A may be prepared according to the procedures described in U.S. Pub. No. 2011/0060140. The compound of Formula V-A may be reacted under conditions known in the art, for example under nucleophilic trifuoromethylation conditions as described in Singh et al., "Nucleophilic Trifuoromethylation Reactions of Organic Compounds with (Trifuoromethyl)trimethylsilane," Tetrahedron, 2000, 56: 7613 the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, to afford a compound of Formula V- B. The compound of Formula V-B may be reacted under conditions described in U.S. Pub. No. 2011/0060140 and Shi et al., "Scalable Synthesis of Cortistatin A and Related Structures," J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2011, 133(20): 8014-8027 the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, to afford a compound of Formula V-C. The compound of Formula V-C may be reacted under conditions described in U.S. Pub. No. 2011/0060140 and Shi et al., "Scalable Synthesis of Cortistatin A and Related Structures," J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2011, 133(20): 8014-8027 to afford a compound of Formula V-D. The variable R3 in the compound of Formula
V-C is defined appropriate to the reaction conditions and procedures. For example, R3 may be methyl or trifluoromethyl, but is limited thereto. The variable R5 may be defined appropriate to the reaction conditions and procedures. For example, R5 may be aryl or heteroaryl.
Scheme VI
[0195] The process of Scheme VI provides compounds of general Formula I having the structure of Formula VI-E and VI-F. The compound of Formula V-A may be reacted under conditions known in the art, for example under electrophilic reaction using LDA and a reagent including an electrophile to afford a compound of Formula VI-A and VI-B. For example, the reagent including an electrophile may be methyl iodide (E-I where the methyl group corresponds to E) providing R10 and R11 defined as methyl in the formula of Scheme VI. The compound of Formula VI-A and VI-B may be reacted under conditions known in the art, for example described in U.S. Pub. No. 2011/0060140 and Shi et al, "Scalable Synthesis of Cortistatin A and Related Structures," J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2011, 133(20): 8014-8027 the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, to afford a compound of Formula VI-A or VI-B. The compound of Formula VI-A or VI-B may be reacted under conditions known in the art, for example under conditions described in U.S. Pub. No. 2011/0060140 and Shi et al, "Scalable Synthesis of Cortistatin A and Related Structures," J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2011, 133(20): 8014-8027 to afford a compound of Formula VI-C or VI-D. The compound of Formula VI-C or VI-D may be reacted under conditions known in the art, for example under conditions described in U.S. Pub. No. 2011/0060140 and Shi et al, "Scalable
Synthesis of Cortistatin A and Related Structures," J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2011, 133(20): 8014- 8027 to afford a compound of Formula VI-E or VI-F. The variables R5, R10, and R11 may be defined appropriate to the reaction conditions and procedures. For example, R5 may be aryl or heteroaryl, and R10, and R11 may be methyl, chloro, fluoro, or bromo.
Scheme VII
[0196] The process of Scheme VII provides compounds of general Formula I having the structure of Formula VII-B. The compound of Formula VII-A may be obtained according to procedures known in the art, for example described in U.S. Pub. No. 2011/0060140 and Shi et al., "Scalable Synthesis of Cortistatin A and Related Structures," J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2011,
133(20): 8014-8027, to afford a compound of Formula VII-A. The compound of Formula VII-A may be reacted under procedures known in the art, for example described in U.S. Pub. No.
2011/0060140 and Shi et al., "Scalable Synthesis of Cortistatin A and Related Structures," J.
Am. Chem. Soc, 2011, 133(20): 8014-8027 the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, to afford a compound of Formula VII-B. The variable R5 may be defined appropriate to the reaction conditions and procedures. For example, R5 may be aryl or heteroaryl.
Scheme VIII
[0197] The process of Scheme VIII provides compounds of general Formula I having the structure of Formula VIII-C and VIII-D. The compound of Formula VIII-A and VIII-B may be reacted under conditions known in the art, for example described in U.S. Pub. No. 2011/0060140 and Shi et al, "Scalable Synthesis of Cortistatin A and Related Structures," J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2011, 133(20): 8014-8027, to afford a compound of Formula VIII-A or VIII-B. The compound of Formula VIII-A or VIII-B may be reacted under conditions known in the art, for example under conditions described in U.S. Pub. No. 2011/0060140 and Shi et al., "Scalable Synthesis of Cortistatin A and Related Structures," J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2011, 133(20): 8014-8027 to afford a compound of Formula VIII-C or VIII-D. The variables R5, R10, and R11 may be defined appropriate to the reaction conditions and procedures. For example, R5 may be aryl or heteroaryl, and R10, and R11 may be methyl, chloro, fluoro, or bromo.
Scheme IX
[0198] The process described in Scheme IX provides cortistatin A and compound 101. Compound IX-A may be reacted under conditions known in the art, for example under conditions described in U.S. Pub. No. 2011/0060140 and Shi et al, "Scalable Synthesis of Cortistatin A and Related Structures," J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2011, 133(20): 8014-8027 to afford compound IX-B. In some embodiments, compound IX-A in absolute ethyl alcohol may be reacted with hydrazine monohydrate in the presence of triethyl amine and ethyl alcohol. After removal of the solvent the obtained residue may be combined with THF and triethyl amine and then treated with I2 (iodine) in THF under appropriate conditions to afford compound IX-B. Compound IX-B may be reacted under conditions described in U.S. Pub. No. 2011/0060140 and Shi et al., "Scalable Synthesis of Cortistatin A and Related Structures," J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2011, 133(20): 8014-8027 to afford compound of Formula V-D. In some embodiments, compound IX-B in DMSO may be reacted with 7-trimethylstannylisoquinoline in the presence of CuCl, LiCl, and Pd(PPh3)4 under appropriate conditions to afford dehydrocortistatin A. Dehydrocortistatin A may be reacted under conditions described in U.S. Pub. No. 2011/0060140 and Shi et al., "Scalable Synthesis of Cortistatin A and Related Structures," J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2011, 133(20): 8014-8027 to afford cortistatin A and compound 101. In some embodiments, dehydrocortistatin A in THF may be reacted with triisopropylbenzenesulfonyl hydrazide in the presence of triethyl amine under appropriate conditions to afford cortistatin A and compound 101.
Scheme X
[0199] The process described in Scheme X provides compound 103. Compound IX- B may be reacted under conditions known in the art to afford compound 103. In some embodiments, compound IX-B, Pd(PPh )4 and 3-aminopyridine in degassed DMF/NEt3 may be treatd with CO gas to afford compound compound 103.
Scheme XI
104
[0200] The process described in Scheme XI provides compound 104. Compound IX- B may be reacted under conditions known in the art to afford compound 104. In some embodiments, compound IX-B, 3-ethynylpyridine, Pd(PPh3)2Cl2, Cul and Et3N in degassed DMF/NEt3 may be reacted under appropriate conditions to afford compound 104.
[0201] The process described in Scheme XII provides compounds 105 and 106. Dedihydrocortistatin A may be reacted under conditions known in the art to afford compounds 105 and 106. In some embodiments, dedihydrocortistatin A, and I2 (iodine) in methyl alcohol and water may be treated with NaOH and I2 (iodine) under appropriate conditions to afford compounds 105 and 106.
Scheme XIII
[0202] The process described in Scheme XIII provides compound 107. Compound 105 may be reacted under conditions known in the art to afford compound 107. In some embodiments, compound 105 in water and 2N HCl may be treated with Ac20, NaHC03 and DCM under appropriate conditions to afford compound 107.
Scheme XIV
[0203] The process described in Scheme XIV provides compound 102. Compound IX-A may be reacted under conditions known in the art, for example under conditions described in U.S. Pub. No. 2011/0060140 and Shi et al, "Scalable Synthesis of Cortistatin A and Related Structures," J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2011, 133(20): 8014-8027 to afford dihydro vinyl iodide XV-A. In some embodiments, compound IX-A in absolute ethyl alcohol may be reacted with hydrazine monohydrate in the presence of triethyl amine and ethyl alcohol. After removal of the solvent the obtained residue may be combined with THF and triethyl amine and then treated with I2 (iodine) in THF under appropriate conditions to afford compound XV-A. Compound XV-A may be reacted under conditions described in U.S. Pub. No. 2011/0060140 and Shi et al, "Scalable Synthesis of Cortistatin A and Related Structures," J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2011, 133(20): 8014- 8027 to afford compound 102. In some embodiments, compound XV-A in DMSO may be reacted with 7-trimethylstannylisoquinoline in the presence of CuCl, LiCl, and Pd(PPh3)4 under appropriate conditions to afford compound 102.
Administration and Pharmaceutical Compositions
[0204] The compounds are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage. While human dosage levels have yet to be optimized for the compounds described herein, generally, a daily dose may be from about 0.25 mg/kg to about 120 mg/kg or more of body weight, from about 0.5 mg/kg or less to about 70 mg/kg, from about 1.0 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg of body weight, or from about 1.5 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg of body weight. Thus, for administration to a 70 kg person, the dosage range would be from about 17 mg per day to about 8000 mg per day, from about 35 mg per day or less to about 7000 mg per day or more, from about 70 mg per day to about 6000 mg per day, from about 100 mg per day to about 5000 mg per day, or from about 200 mg to about 3000 mg per day. The amount of active compound administered will, of course, be dependent on the subject and disease state being treated, the severity of the affliction, the manner and schedule of administration and the judgment of the prescribing physician.
[0205] Administration of the compounds disclosed herein or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be via any of the accepted modes of administration for agents that serve similar utilities including, but not limited to, orally, subcutaneously, intravenously, intranasally, topically, transdermally, intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, intrapulmonarilly, vaginally, rectally, or intraocularly. Oral and parenteral administrations are customary in treating the indications that are the subject of the preferred embodiments.
[0206] The compounds useful as described above can be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions for use in treatment of these conditions. Standard pharmaceutical formulation techniques are used, such as those disclosed in Remington's The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st Ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins (2005), incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Accordingly, some embodiments include pharmaceutical compositions comprising: (a) a safe and therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein (including enantiomers, diastereoisomers, tautomers, polymorphs, and solvates thereof), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; and (b) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, excipient or combination thereof.
[0207] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" or "pharmaceutically acceptable excipient" includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents and the like. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active ingredient, its use in the therapeutic compositions is contemplated. In addition, various adjuvants such as are commonly used in the art may be included. Considerations for the inclusion of various components in
pharmaceutical compositions are described, e.g., in Gilman et al. (Eds.) (1990); Goodman and Gilman's: The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 8th Ed., Pergamon Press, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
[0208] Some examples of substances, which can serve as pharmaceutically- acceptable carriers or components thereof, are sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; cellulose and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, and methyl cellulose; powdered tragacanth; malt; gelatin; talc; solid lubricants, such as stearic acid and magnesium stearate; calcium sulfate; vegetable oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and oil of theobroma; polyols such as propylene glycol, glycerine, sorbitol, mannitol, and polyethylene glycol; alginic acid; emulsifiers, such as the TWEENS; wetting agents, such sodium lauryl sulfate; coloring agents; flavoring agents; tableting agents, stabilizers; antioxidants; preservatives; pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline; and phosphate buffer solutions.
[0209] The choice of a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier to be used in conjunction with the subject compound is basically determined by the way the compound is to be administered.
[0210] The compositions described herein are preferably provided in unit dosage form. As used herein, a "unit dosage form" is a composition containing an amount of a compound that is suitable for administration to an animal, preferably mammal subject, in a single dose, according to good medical practice. The preparation of a single or unit dosage form however, does not imply that the dosage form is administered once per day or once per course of therapy. Such dosage forms are contemplated to be administered once, twice, thrice or more per day and may be administered as infusion over a period of time (e.g., from about 30 minutes to about 2-6 hours), or administered as a continuous infusion, and may be given more than once during a course of therapy, though a single administration is not specifically excluded. The skilled artisan will recognize that the formulation does not specifically contemplate the entire course of therapy and such decisions are left for those skilled in the art of treatment rather than formulation.
[0211] The compositions useful as described above may be in any of a variety of suitable forms for a variety of routes for administration, for example, for oral, nasal, rectal, topical (including transdermal), ocular, intracerebral, intracranial, intrathecal, intra-arterial, intravenous, intramuscular, or other parental routes of administration. The skilled artisan will appreciate that oral and nasal compositions include compositions that are administered by inhalation, and made using available methodologies. Depending upon the particular route of
administration desired, a variety of pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers well-known in the art may be used. Pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include, for example, solid or liquid fillers, diluents, hydrotropies, surface-active agents, and encapsulating substances. Optional pharmaceutically-active materials may be included, which do not substantially interfere with the inhibitory activity of the compound. The amount of carrier employed in conjunction with the compound is sufficient to provide a practical quantity of material for administration per unit dose of the compound. Techniques and compositions for making dosage forms useful in the methods described herein are described in the following references, all incorporated by reference herein: Modern Pharmaceutics, 4th Ed., Chapters 9 and 10 (Banker & Rhodes, editors, 2002); Lieberman et al., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Tablets (1989); and Ansel, Introduction to Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms 8th Edition (2004).
[0212] Various oral dosage forms can be used, including such solid forms as tablets, capsules, granules and bulk powders. Tablets can be compressed, tablet triturates, enteric- coated, sugar-coated, film-coated, or multiple-compressed, containing suitable binders, lubricants, diluents, disintegrating agents, coloring agents, flavoring agents, flow-inducing agents, and melting agents. Liquid oral dosage forms include aqueous solutions, emulsions, suspensions, solutions and/or suspensions reconstituted from non-effervescent granules, and effervescent preparations reconstituted from effervescent granules, containing suitable solvents, preservatives, emulsifying agents, suspending agents, diluents, sweeteners, melting agents, coloring agents and flavoring agents.
[0213] The pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers suitable for the preparation of unit dosage forms for peroral administration is well-known in the art. Tablets typically comprise conventional pharmaceutically-compatible adjuvants as inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, mannitol, lactose and cellulose; binders such as starch, gelatin and sucrose; disintegrants such as starch, alginic acid and croscarmelose; lubricants such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid and talc. Glidants such as silicon dioxide can be used to improve flow characteristics of the powder mixture. Coloring agents, such as the FD&C dyes, can be added for appearance. Sweeteners and flavoring agents, such as aspartame, saccharin, menthol, peppermint, and fruit flavors, are useful adjuvants for chewable tablets. Capsules typically comprise one or more solid diluents disclosed above. The selection of carrier components depends on secondary considerations like taste, cost, and shelf stability, which are not critical, and can be readily made by a person skilled in the art.
[0214] Peroral compositions also include liquid solutions, emulsions, suspensions, and the like. The pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers suitable for preparation of such
compositions are well known in the art. Typical components of carriers for syrups, elixirs, emulsions and suspensions include ethanol, glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, liquid sucrose, sorbitol and water. For a suspension, typical suspending agents include methyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, AVICEL RC-591, tragacanth and sodium alginate; typical wetting agents include lecithin and polysorbate 80; and typical preservatives include methyl paraben and sodium benzoate. Peroral liquid compositions may also contain one or more components such as sweeteners, flavoring agents and colorants disclosed above.
[0215] Such compositions may also be coated by conventional methods, typically with pH or time-dependent coatings, such that the subject compound is released in the gastrointestinal tract in the vicinity of the desired topical application, or at various times to extend the desired action. Such dosage forms typically include, but are not limited to, one or more of cellulose acetate phthalate, polyvinylacetate phthalate, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose phthalate, ethyl cellulose, Eudragit coatings, waxes and shellac.
[0216] Compositions described herein may optionally include other drug actives.
[0217] Other compositions useful for attaining systemic delivery of the subject compounds include sublingual, buccal and nasal dosage forms. Such compositions typically comprise one or more of soluble filler substances such as sucrose, sorbitol and mannitol; and binders such as acacia, microcrystallme cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose. Glidants, lubricants, sweeteners, colorants, antioxidants and flavoring agents disclosed above may also be included.
[0218] A liquid composition, which is formulated for topical ophthalmic use, is formulated such that it can be administered topically to the eye. The comfort may be maximized as much as possible, although sometimes formulation considerations (e.g. drug stability) may necessitate less than optimal comfort. In the case that comfort cannot be maximized, the liquid may be formulated such that the liquid is tolerable to the patient for topical ophthalmic use. Additionally, an ophthalmically acceptable liquid may either be packaged for single use, or contain a preservative to prevent contamination over multiple uses.
[0219] For ophthalmic application, solutions or medicaments are often prepared using a physiological saline solution as a major vehicle. Ophthalmic solutions may preferably be maintained at a comfortable pH with an appropriate buffer system. The formulations may also contain conventional, pharmaceutically acceptable preservatives, stabilizers and surfactants.
[0220] Preservatives that may be used in the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein include, but are not limited to, benzalkonium chloride, PHMB, chlorobutanol, thimerosal, phenylmercuric, acetate and phenylmercuric nitrate. A useful surfactant is, for example, Tween
80. Likewise, various useful vehicles may be used in the ophthalmic preparations disclosed herein. These vehicles include, but are not limited to, polyvinyl alcohol, povidone, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, poloxamers, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose and purified water.
[0221] Tonicity adjusters may be added as needed or convenient. They include, but are not limited to, salts, particularly sodium chloride, potassium chloride, mannitol and glycerin, or any other suitable ophthalmically acceptable tonicity adjuster.
[0222] Various buffers and means for adjusting pH may be used so long as the resulting preparation is ophthalmically acceptable. For many compositions, the pH will be between 4 and 9. Accordingly, buffers include acetate buffers, citrate buffers, phosphate buffers and borate buffers. Acids or bases may be used to adjust the pH of these formulations as needed.
[0223] In a similar vein, an ophthalmically acceptable antioxidant includes, but is not limited to, sodium metabisulfite, sodium thiosulfate, acetylcysteine, butylated hydroxyanisole and butylated hydroxytoluene.
[0224] Other excipient components, which may be included in the ophthalmic preparations, are chelating agents. A useful chelating agent is edetate disodium, although other chelating agents may also be used in place or in conjunction with it.
[0225] For topical use, creams, ointments, gels, solutions or suspensions, etc., containing the compound disclosed herein are employed. Topical formulations may generally be comprised of a pharmaceutical carrier, co-solvent, emulsifier, penetration enhancer, preservative system, and emollient.
[0226] For intravenous administration, the compounds and compositions described herein may be dissolved or dispersed in a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, such as a saline or dextrose solution. Suitable excipients may be included to achieve the desired pH, including but not limited to NaOH, sodium carbonate, sodium acetate, HC1, and citric acid. In various embodiments, the pH of the final composition ranges from 2 to 8, or preferably from 4 to 7.
Antioxidant excipients may include sodium bisulfite, acetone sodium bisulfite, sodium formaldehyde, sulfoxylate, thiourea, and EDTA. Other non-limiting examples of suitable excipients found in the final intravenous composition may include sodium or potassium phosphates, citric acid, tartaric acid, gelatin, and carbohydrates such as dextrose, mannitol, and dextran. Further acceptable excipients are described in Powell, et al., Compendium of
Excipients for Parenteral Formulations, PDA J Pharm Sci and Tech 1998, 52 238-311 and Nema et al., Excipients and Their Role in Approved Injectable Products: Current Usage and Future
Directions, PDA J Pharm Sci and Tech 2011, 65 287-332, both of which are incorporated herein
by reference in their entirety. Antimicrobial agents may also be included to achieve a bacteriostatic or fungistatic solution, including but not limited to phenylmercuric nitrate, thimerosal, benzethonium chloride, benzalkonium chloride, phenol, cresol, and chlorobutanol.
[0227] The compositions for intravenous administration may be provided to caregivers in the form of one more solids that are reconstituted with a suitable diluent such as sterile water, saline or dextrose in water shortly prior to administration. In other embodiments, the compositions are provided in solution ready to administer parenterally. In still other embodiments, the compositions are provided in a solution that is further diluted prior to administration. In embodiments that include administering a combination of a compound described herein and another agent, the combination may be provided to caregivers as a mixture, or the caregivers may mix the two agents prior to administration, or the two agents may be administered separately.
[0228] The actual dose of the active compounds described herein depends on the specific compound, and on the condition to be treated; the selection of the appropriate dose is well within the knowledge of the skilled artisan.
Methods of Treatment
[0229] Some embodiments include methods of inhibiting angiogenesis by administering a compound described herein to a subject in need of anti-angiogenesis therapy. The disease treated may be any disease or disorder associated with abnormal or undesirable angiogenesis. In some embodiment, angiogenesis is inhibited in a cancerous tumor. Anti- angiogenesis therapy is expected to be effective to treat all types of cancerous tumors regardless of etimology, including but not limited to a carcinoma, a sarcoma, a lymphoma, and a blastoma. Non-limiting cancers that can be treated using the compounds described herein include bladder cancer, breast cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, endometrial cancer, kidney cancer, lung cancer, melanoma, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, glioblastoma, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, and thyroid cancer. In addition, any other non-cancer disease or disorder associated with angiogenesis may be treated, including but not limited to diabetic blindness, age-related macular degeneration, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, systematic lupus erythematosus, proliferative retinopathy, and atherosclerosis.
[0230] In other embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein may be used as a transcription inhibitor, such as through inhibition of CDK8. In other embodiments, the inhibition of CDK8 inhibits cell division. Thus, some embodiments include the treatment of proliferative disorders such as cancer through a mechanism distinct or in addition to anti-
angiogenesis. Thus, some embodiments include the treatment of cancer including, but not limited to a carcinoma, a sarcoma, a lymphoma, a leukemia, and a blastoma. Non-limiting cancers that can be treated using the compounds described herein include bladder cancer, breast cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, endometrial cancer, kidney cancer, lung cancer, melanoma, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, leukemia, glioblastoma, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, and thyroid cancer.
[0231] It has previously been shown that compounds that specifically inhibit CDK8 inhibit HIV-1 replication. In some embodiments, compounds disclosed herein may be used to treat viral diseases through the inhibition of CDK8. Thus, other embodiments include methods of treating an HIV infection or inhibiting HIV replication by administering a compound described herein that inhibits CDK8. Some embodiments include treating a subject already infected with HIV to ameliorate or cure the infection by administering a compound described herein that inhibits CDK8. Other embodiments include administering a compound to subject at risk for infection with HIV to reduce the likelihood that the subject will contract an HIV infection by administering a compound described herein that inhibits CDK8.
[0232] Some embodiments provide a method of inhibiting CDK8, comprising contacting CDK8 with a compound of Formula I, II, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the contacting CDK8 comprises administering a compound to a subject that has cancer. Some embodiments provide a method of inhibiting CDK8, comprising contacting CDK8 with dedihydrocortistatin A, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the contacting CDK8 comprises administering dedihydrocortistatin A to a subject that has cancer. Some embodiments provide a method of treating a cancer that is not treatable by inhibiting angiogenesis, comprising administering a compound of Formula I, II, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need thereof. Some embodiments provide a method of treating a cancer that is not treatable by inhibiting angiogenesis, comprising administering dedihydrocortistatin A, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need thereof. In some embodiments, the cancer is leukemia. In some embodiments, the cancer is multiple myeloma.
[0233] Some embodiments provide a method of treating melanoma, comprising administering dedihydrocortistatin A, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need thereof. Some embodiments provide a method of treating multiple myeloma, comprising administering dedihydrocortistatin A, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need thereof.
[0234] Some embodiments provide a method of treating melanoma, comprising administering a compound of Formula I, II, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need thereof. Some embodiments provide a method of treating multiple myeloma, comprising administering a compound of Formula I, II, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need thereof.
[0235] Other embodiments include methods of treating an HIV infection or inhibiting HIV replication by administering a compound described herein to a subject in need thereof. Some embodiments include treating a subject already infected with HIV to ameliorate or cure the infection. Other embodiments include administering a compound to subject at risk for infection with HIV to reduce the likelihood that the subject will contract an HIV infection.
[0236] In some embodiments, the subject is a human.
[0237] Further embodiments include administering a combination of compounds to a subject in need thereof. A combination can include a compound, composition, pharmaceutical composition described herein with an additional medicament.
[0238] Some embodiments include co-administering a compound, composition, and/or pharmaceutical composition described herein, with an additional medicament. By "coadministration," it is meant that the two or more agents may be found in the patient's bloodstream at the same time, regardless of when or how they are actually administered. In one embodiment, the agents are administered simultaneously. In one such embodiment, administration in combination is accomplished by combining the agents in a single dosage form. In another embodiment, the agents are administered sequentially. In one embodiment the agents are administered through the same route, such as orally. In another embodiment, the agents are administered through different routes, such as one being administered orally and another being administered i.v.
[0239] The term "patient" includes human and animal subjects.
[0240] The term "contacting" refers to bringing two or more materials into close enough proximity that they may interact. In certain embodiments, contacting can be accomplished in a vessel such as a test tube, a petri dish, or the like. In certain embodiments, contacting may be performed in the presence of additional materials. In certain embodiments, contacting may be performed in the presence of cells. In certain of such embodiments, one or more of the materials that are being contacted may be inside a cell. Cells may be alive or may dead. Cells may or may not be intact.
Examples
[0241] The following examples are set forth merely to assist in understanding the embodiments and should not be construed as limiting the embodiments described and claimed herein in any way. Variations of the invention, including the substitution of all equivalents now known or later developed, which would be within the purview of those skilled in the art, and changes in formulation or minor changes in experimental design, are to be considered to fall within the scope of the invention incorporated herein.
EXAMPLE 1
[0242] To a solution of dehydrocortistatin A (5 mg, 0.010 mmol) in THF (1.0 mL) was added 2,4,6- triisopropylbenzenesulfonyl hydrazide (13 mg, 0.040 mmol, 4 equiv) and NEt3 (30 μί, 0.20 mmol, 20 equiv). The reaction was heated to 60 °C and stirred for 9h. The solution was cooled to rt and distributed between EtOAc (5 mL) and NaHC03(aq) sat solution (5 mL). The aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 5 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over Na2S04 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude mixture was purified by PTLC to afford 2.0 mg of compound 101 (42% yield) as colorless film.
EXAMPLE 1-1
[0243] Compound IX-B was dissolved in DMSO (300 L, 0.06 M). To this solution was added 7-trimethylstannylisoquinoline (20 mg, 68 μιηοΐ, 4 equiv.), CuCl (15 mg, 170 μιηοΐ, 10 equiv.), LiCl (7 mg, 170 μιηοΐ, 10 equiv.) and Pd(PPli3)4 (10 mg, 85 μιηοΐ, 0.5 equiv.). The mixture was degassed by bubbling argon through the solution for 10 min and then immersed in a preheated oil bath at 60°C for 1 h. The resulting mixture was allowed to cool to rt, diluted with EtOAc (5 mL) and washed with 5% aq. NH4OH. The layers were partitioned and the aqueous layer was extracted four times (4 x 5 mL) with EtOAc. The combined organic portions were washed with sat. aq. NaCl (5 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The isolated residue was purified by PTLC (NH3 deactivation; 10% MeOH : CH2CI2) to obtain dedihydrocortistatm A (4 mg, 53% from compound IX-A) as a yellow foam. The 1H-NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) and MS (ESI) at m/z All [M+H]+ of dedihydrocortistatm A were obtained for characterization. -2
[0244] To a solution of dedihydrocortistatin A (5 mg, 0.010 mmol) in THF (1.0 mL) was added 2,4,6- triisopropylbenzenesulfonyl hydrazide (13 mg, 0.040 mmol, 4 equiv.) and NEt3 (30 μΐ,, 0.20 mmol, 20 equiv.). The resulting mixture was heated to 60°C and stirred for 9h. The mixture was cooled to rt and distributed between EtOAc (5 mL) and NaHC03 (aq) sat solution (5 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 >< 5 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2S04 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude mixture was purified by PTLC to afford cortistatin A (2.4 mg, 51%) and compound 101 (2.0 mg, 42% yield) as colorless film. The 1H-NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz) and MS (ESI) at m/z 473 [M+H]+ was obtained for cortistatin A and the 1H-NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz,) and MS (ESI) m/z 475 [M+H]+ was obtained for compound 101 for characterization. -3
[0245] Compound IX-B (5 mg, 10.5 μιηοΐ), Pd(PPh3)4 (2.5 mg, 2.1 μιηοΐ) and 3- aminopyridine (49 mg, 525 μιηοΐ) were dissolved in degassed DMF/NEt3 (1 mL, 10:1). The mixture was placed under CO by bubbling with CO gas for 15 min, and then heated at 80 °C. The mixture was diluted with DCM (5 mL) and washed with 5% aq. NH4OH. The aqueous layer was extracted four times (4 x 5 mL) with DCM. Then the combined organic portions were washed with sat. aq. NaCl (5 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was purified by PTLC to furnish compound 103 (4.5 mg, 93%>) as a yellow foam. The 1H-NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) and MS (ESI) m/z 464 [M+H] + of compound 103 were obtained for characterization.
-4
[0246] Compound IX-B (10 mg, 21 μιηοΐ), quinolin-7-yl boronic acid (7.2 mg, 42 μιηοΐ), Pd2(dba)3 (3.8 mg, 4.2 μιηοΐ), Ruphos (6.9 mg, 16.8 μιηοΐ) and potassium phosphate (13.3 mg, 63 μιηοΐ) were dissolved in degassed n-BuOH (1 mL), then heated at 60 °C for 48 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to rt, diluted with EtOAc (5 mL) and washed with 5% aq. NaHC03. The layers were partitioned and the aqueous layer was extracted four times (4 x 5 mL) with EtOAc. The combined organic portions were washed with sat. aq. NaCl (5 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was purified by HPLC to furnish compound 108 (2.9 mg, 21%) as a yellow foam. The 1H-NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) and MS (ESI) m/z 471 [M+H] + of compound 108 were obtained for characterization. -5
[0247] Compound IX-B (10 mg, 21 μιηοΐ), 6-trimethylstannylnaphthalene (7.3 mg,
25 μιηοΐ), Pd(PPh3)4 (12 mg, 10.5 μιηοΐ), CuCl (21 mg, 210 μιηοΐ) and LiCl (8.8 mg, 210 μιηοΐ) were dissolved in degassed DMSO (1 mL), then heated at 60 °C for 1 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to rt, diluted with DCM (5 mL) and washed with 5% aq. NH4OH. The layers
were partitioned and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (4 x 5 mL). The combined organic portions were washed with sat. aq. NaCl (5 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was purified by HPLC to obtain compound 109 (1 mg, 7.2%) as a yellow foam. The 1H-NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) and MS (ESI) m/z 470 [M+H] + of compound 109 were obtained for characterization.
EXAMPLE 1-6
[0248] Compound IX-B (10 mg, 21 μιηοΐ), quinolin-7-yl boronic acid (7.2 mg, 42 μιηοΐ), Pd2(dba)3 (3.8 mg, 4.2 μιηοΐ), Ruphos (6.9 mg, 16.8 μιηοΐ) and potassium phosphate (13.3 mg, 63 μιηοΐ) were dissolved in degassed n-BuOH (1 mL) and water (0.2 mL), then heated at 60 °C for 36 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to rt, diluted with EtOAc (5 mL) and washed with 5% aq. NaHC03. The layers were partitioned and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (4 x 5 mL). The combined organic portions were washed with sat. aq. NaCl (5 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was purified by HPLC to obtain compound 110 (3.1 mg, 23%) as a yellow foam. The 1H-NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) and MS (ESI) m/z 471 [M+H] + of compound 110 were obtained for characterization.
EXAMPLE 1-7
[0249] Compound IX-B (10 mg, 21 μιηοΐ), 6-trimethylstannylquinazoline (7.5 mg, 25 μιηοΐ), Pd(PPh3)4 (12 mg, 10.5 μιηοΐ), CuCl (21 mg, 210 μιηοΐ) and LiCl (8.8 mg, 210 μπιοΐ) was dissolved in degassed DMSO (0.35 ml), then heated at 60 °C for 1 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to rt, diluted with DCM (5 mL) and washed with 5% aq. NH4OH. The layers were partitioned and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (4 x 5 mL). The combined organic portions were washed with sat. aq. NaCl (5 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was purified by HPLC to obtain compound 111 (3.2 mg, 23%) as a yellow foam. The 1H-NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) and MS (ESI) m/z 472 [M+H] + of compound 111 were obtained for characterization.
EXAMPLE 1-
[0250] Compound IX-B (10 mg, 21 μιηοΐ), 7-trimethylstannylisoquinoline (7.3 mg, 25 μιηοΐ), Pd(PPh3)4 (12 mg, 10.5 μιηοΐ), CuCl (21 mg, 210 μιηοΐ) and LiCl (8.8 mg, 210 μπιοΐ) were dissolved in degassed DMSO (0.35 mL), then heated at 60 °C for 1 h. The mixture was
allowed to cool to rt, diluted with DCM (5 mL) and washed with 5% aq. NH4OH. The layers were partitioned and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (4 x 5 mL). The combined organic portions were washed with sat. aq. NaCl (5 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was purified by HPLC to obtain compound 112 (1.7 mg, 12%) as a yellow foam. The 1H-NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) and MS (ESI) m/z 471 [M+H] + of compound 112 were obtained for characterization.
EXAMPLE 1-9
[0251] Compound IX-B (9.4 mg, 20 μιηοΐ), 6-trimethylstannylphthalazine (11.7 mg, 40 μιηοΐ), Pd(PPh3)4 (11.6 mg, 10 μιηοΐ), CuCl (19.8 mg, 200 μιηοΐ) and LiCl (10.2 mg, 240 μιηοΐ) were dissolved in degassed DMSO (0.8 ml), then heated at 60 °C for 1 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to rt, diluted with DCM (5 mL) and washed with 5% aq. NH4OH. The layers were partitioned and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (4 x 5 mL). The combined organic portions were washed with sat. aq. NaCl (5 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was purified by PTLC to furnish compound 113 (1.5 mg, 16%) as a yellow foam. The 1H-NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) and MS (ESI) m/z 472 [M+H] + of compound 113 were obtained for characterization.
-10
[0252] Compound IX-B (9.4 mg, 20 μιηοΐ), 3-methyl-6-trimethylstannyl-lH- indazole (11.7 mg, 40 μιηοΐ), Pd(PPh3)4 (11.6 mg, 10 μιηοΐ), CuCl (19.8 mg, 200 μιηοΐ) and LiCl (10.2 mg, 240 μπιοΐ) were dissolved in degassed DMSO (0.8 ml), then heated at 60 °C for 1 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to rt, diluted with DCM (5 mL) and washed with 5% aq. ΝΗ4ΟΗ. The layers were partitioned and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (4 x 5 mL). The combined organic portions were washed with sat. aq. NaCl (5 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was purified by PTLC to obtain compound 114 (1.2 mg, 12%) as a yellow foam. The 1H-NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz) and MS (ESI) m/z 474 [M+H] + of compound 114 were obtained for characterization. -11
[0253] Compound IX-B (9.4 mg, 20 μιηοΐ), 5-trimethylstannylisoquinoline (9.7 mg, 40 μιηοΐ), Pd(PPh3)4 (11.6 mg, 10 μιηοΐ), CuCl (19.8 mg, 200 μιηοΐ) and LiCl (10.2 mg, 240 μιηοΐ) were dissolved in degassed DMSO (0.8 ml), then heated at 60 °C for 1 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to rt, diluted with DCM (5 mL) and washed with 5% aq. NH4OH. The
layers were partitioned and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (4 x 5 mL). The combined organic portions were washed with sat. aq. NaCl (5 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was purified by PTLC to furnish compound 115 (1.7 mg, 18%) as a yellow foam. The 1H-NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz) and MS (ESI) m/z 471 [M+H] + of compound 115 were obtained for characterization. -12
[0254] Compound IX-B (9.4 mg, 20 μιηοΐ), 3-trimethylstannylpyridine (9.7 mg, 40 μιηοΐ), Pd(PPh3)4 (11.6 mg, 10 μιηοΐ), CuCl (19.8 mg, 200 μιηοΐ) and LiCl (10.2 mg, 240 μιηοΐ) were dissolved in degassed DMSO (0.8 mL), then heated at 60 °C for 1 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to rt, diluted with DCM (5 mL) and washed with 5% aq. NH4OH. The layers were partitioned and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (4 x 5 mL). The combined organic portions were washed with sat. aq. NaCl (5 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was purified by PTLC to obtain compound 116 (1.0 mg, 12%) as a yellow foam. The 1H-NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) and MS (ESI) m/z 421 [M+H] + of compound 116 were obtained for characterization.
EXAMPLE 1-13
[0255] Compound IX-B (9.4 mg, 20 μιηοΐ), 5-trimethylstannyl-lH-indazole (11.6 mg, 41 μιηοΐ). Pd(PPh3)4 (11 mg, 10 μιηοΐ), CuCl (20 mg, 200 μιηοΐ) and LiCl (10.2 mg, 240 μιηοΐ) were dissolved in degassed DMSO (0.80 mL), then heated at 60 °C for 1 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to rt, diluted with DCM (5 mL) and washed with 5% aq. ΝΗ4ΟΗ. The layers were partitioned and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (4 x 5 mL). The combined organic portions were washed with sat. aq. NaCl (5 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was purified by PTLC to furnish compound 117 (1.3 mg, 14%) as a yellow foam. The 1H-NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz) and MS (ESI) m/z 460 [M+H] + of compound 117 were obtained for characterization.
EXAMPLE 1-14
[0256] Compound IX-B (9.4 mg, 20 μιηοΐ), 3-methyl-5-trimethylstannyl-lH- indazole (11.7 mg, 40 μιηοΐ), Pd(PPh3)4 (11 mg, 10 μιηοΐ), CuCl (20 mg, 200 μιηοΐ) and LiCl
(10.2 mg, 240 μιηοΐ) were dissolved in degassed DMSO (0.80 mL), then heated at 60 °C for 1 h.
The mixture was allowed to cool to rt, diluted with DCM (5 mL) and washed with 5% aq. NH4OH. The layers were partitioned and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (4 x 5 mL). The combined organic portions were washed with sat. aq. NaCl (5 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was purified by PTLC to furnish compound 118 (1.4 mg, 15%) as a yellow foam. The 1H-NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz) and MS (ESI) m/z 474 [M+H] + of compound 118 were obtained for characterization. -15
[0257] Compound IX-B (14.1 mg, 30 μιηοΐ), l-(difiuoromethyl)-7- trimethylstannylisoquinoline (15 mg, 45 μιηοΐ), Pd(PPh3)4 (17 mg, 15 μιηοΐ), CuCl (30 mg, 300 μιηοΐ) and LiCl (15 mg, 360 μιηοΐ) were dissolved in degassed DMSO (1.2 mL), then heated at 60 °C for 1 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to rt, diluted with DCM (5 mL) and washed with 5% aq. NH4OH. The layers were partitioned and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (4 x 5 mL). The combined organic portions were washed with sat. aq. NaCl (5 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was purified by PTLC to obtain compound 119 (1.9 mg, 12%) as a yellow foam. The 1H-NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz) and MS (ESI) m/z 421 [M+H] + of compound 119 were obtained for characterization.
EXAMPLE 1-16
[0258] Compound IX-B (14.1 mg, 30 μιηοΐ), 3-amino-7-trimethylstannylquinazoline (14 mg, 45 μιηοΐ), Pd(PPh3)4 (17 mg, 15 μιηοΐ), CuCl (30 mg, 300 μιηοΐ) and LiCl (15 mg, 360 μιηοΐ) were dissolved in degassed DMSO (1.2 mL), then heated at 60 °C for 1 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to rt, diluted with DCM (5 mL) and washed with 5% aq. NH4OH. The layers were partitioned and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (4 x 5 mL). The combined organic portions were washed with sat. aq. NaCl (5 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was purified by PTLC to furnish compound 120 (3.3 mg, 22%) as a yellow foam. The 1H-NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz) and MS (ESI) m/z 487 [M+H] + of compound 120 were obtained for characterization. -17
[0259] Compound IX-B (11 mg, 23 μιηοΐ), 7-trimethylstannylisoquinol-l-one (11 mg, 35 μιηοΐ), Pd(PPh3)4 (12 mg, 11 μιηοΐ), CuCl (20 mg, 200 μιηοΐ) and LiCl (10 mg, 280
μηιοΐ) were dissolved in degassed DMSO (0.8 mL), then heated at 60 °C for 1 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to rt, diluted with DCM (5 mL) and washed with 5% aq. NH4OH. The layers were partitioned and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (4 x 5 mL). The combined organic portions were washed with sat. aq. NaCl (5 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was purified by HPLC to obtain compound 121 (3.0 mg, 30%) as a yellow foam. The 1H-NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz) and MS (ESI) m/z 487 [M+H] + of compound 121 were obtained for characterization.
EXAMPLE 1-18
[0260] Compound IX-B (9.4 mg, 20 μιηοΐ), N-propyl-6- (trimethylstannyl)quinazolin-4-amine (14 mg, 40 μιηοΐ), Pd(PPh3)4 (12 mg, 11 μιηοΐ), CuCl (20 mg, 200 μιηοΐ) and LiCl (10 mg, 280 μιηοΐ) was dissolved in degassed DMSO (0.8 mL), then heated at 60 °C for 1 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to rt, diluted with DCM (5 mL) and washed with 5% aq. NH4OH. The layers were partitioned and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (4 x 5 mL). The combined organic portions were washed with sat. aq. NaCl (5 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was purified by PTLC to obtain compound 122 (4.2 mg, 40%) as a yellow foam. The 1H-NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz) and MS (ESI) m/z 529 [M+H] + of compound 122 were obtained for characterization.
EXAMPLE 1-19
[0261] Compound IX-B (9.4 mg, 20 μιηοΐ), tert-butyl (4-((6- (trimethylstannyl)quinazolin-4-yl)amino)butyl)carbamate (20 mg, 42 μmol), Pd(PPli3)4 (12 mg, 11 μmol), CuCl (20 mg, 200 μιηοΐ) and LiCl (10 mg, 280 μιηοΐ) was dissolved in degassed DMSO (0.8 ml), then heated at 60 °C for 1 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to rt, diluted with DCM (5 mL) and washed with 5% aq. NH4OH. The layers were partitioned and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (4 x 5 mL). The combined organic portions were washed with sat. aq. NaCl (5 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was purified by PTLC furnishing the carbamate intermediate (4.2 mg, 32%) as a yellow foam. The carbamate intermediate (4.2 mg) was treated with 0.5 mL (DCM:TFA=4: 1) for 2 h. The resulting mixture was treated with aq. NaHC03, then extracted with mixture of DCM:MeOH (10: 1). The combined extract was dried over Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to afford a deprotected amine intermediate. The amine intermediate was dissolved in DMF (0.5 mL) and treated with 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-l-yl 5-((3aS,4S,6aR)-2-oxohexahydro-lH-thieno[3,4- d]imidazol-4-yl)pentanoate (biotin NHS ester) and Et3N (4 μΐ). After stirring 12 h, the mixture was concentrated and purified by PTLC to obtain compound 122 (4.2 mg, 40%) as a yellow foam. The 1H-NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) and MS (ESI) m/z 784 [M+H] + of compound 123 were obtained for characterization.
-20
[0262] To a solution of dedihydrocortistatin A (4.7 mg, 10 μηιοΐ) in MeOH (0.1 mL) and H20 (0.02 mL) was added NaOAc (8.2 mg, 100 μιηοΐ) and iodine (3.8 mg, 15 μιηοΐ), the resulting mixture was then stirred for 1 h at 45 °C. Subsequently, the mixture was treated with 2N NaOH solution (0.1 mL) and iodine (2.5 mg, 10 μιηοΐ) at 45 °C and stirred for 1 h. The mixture was diluted with DCM and washed with NaS203 soltuion and NaHC03. The layers were partitioned and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (4 x 5 mL). The combined organic portions were washed with sat. aq. NaCl (5 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was purified by PTLC to furnish compound 105 (3.6 mg, 77%) and compound 106 (1.1 mg, 23 %). The 1H-NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz) and MS (ESI) m/z 457 [M+H]+ of compound 105 and the 1H-NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) and MS (ESI) m/z 443 [M+H]+ of compound 106 were obtained for characterization.
-21
[0263] To a solution of compound 105 (1.1 mg, 2.4 μιηοΐ) in water (0.1 mL) and 2N HC1 (0.1 mL) was added Ac20 (68 μιηΐ, 7.2 μιηοΐ), NaHC03 (2.0 mg, 24 μιηοΐ) at 25 °C and DCM (0.2 ml), the resulting mixture was then stirred for 1 h. The layers were partitioned and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (4 x 5 mL). The combined organic portions were dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was purified by PTLC to obtain compound 107 (1.0 mg, 83%) as a yellow foam. The 1H-NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz) and MS (ESI) m/z 499 [M+Hf of compound 107 was obtained for characterization. -22
[0264] Dedihydrocortistatin A (160 mg) was left at -80 °C under air for 4 weeks. About 10%) of dedihydrocortistatin A was slowly oxidized and formed compound 124. The crude mixture was purified by HPLC to yield about 15 mg of compound 124 as pure compound. The 1H-NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) and MS (ESI) m/z 487 [M+H]+ of compound 124 was obtained for characterization.
-23
104
[0265] Compound IX-B (14 mg, 30 μιηοΐ), 3-ethynylpyridine (15 mg, 150 μιηοΐ), Pd(PPh3)2Cl2 (4.2 mg, 60 μιηοΐ) Cul (1.1 mg, 60 μιηοΐ), and Et3N (30 μί) were dissolved in degassed THF (0.30 ml), then heated at 60 °C for 2 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to rt, diluted with DCM (5 mL) and washed with 5% aq. NH4OH. The layers were partitioned and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (4 x 5 mL). The combined organic portions were washed with sat. aq. NaCl (5 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo, he crude mixture was purified by PTLC to obtain compound 104 (11.2 mg, 84%) as a yellow foam. The 1H-NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz) and MS (ESI) m/z 445 [M+H] + of compound 104 were obtained for characterization.
and Et3N (0.08 mL, 0.56 mmol, 10 equiv). The reaction vessel was immersed in a preheated oil bath at 50 °C for 6 h, after which the mixture was allowed to cool to rt and the solvent removed in vacuo. The residue so obtained was dissolved in THF (0.93 mL, 0.06 M), and Et3N (0.02 mL, 0.168 mmol, 3 equiv) was added. A stock solution of L (28 mg, 0.112 mmol, 2 equiv) in THF (0.28 mL) was prepared and added drop wise to the prepared mixture; addition was halted when the iodine was not decolorized after 30 sec. The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc (5 mL) and washed with sat. aq. Na2S2C"3 (5 mL). The layers were partitioned and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (4 x 5 mL). The combined organic portions were washed with sat. aq. NaCl (1 mL), dried over MgSCn, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to furnish vinyl iodide (IX- B) which was carried forward directly without purification. The residue from the previous reaction (yield assumed to be quantitative) was dissolved in DMSO (0.93 mL, 0.06 M). To this solution was added 7-trimethylstannylisoquinoline (16 mg, 0.056 mmol, 1 equiv), CuCl (55 mg, 0.56 mmol, 10 equiv), LiCl (23 mg, 0.56 mmol, 10 equiv) and Pd(PPh3)4 (32 mg, 0.03 mmol, 0.5 equiv). The reaction was degassed by bubbling argon through the solution for 10 min. The reaction vessel was then immersed in a preheated oil bath at 60°C for 1 h. The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc (3 mL) and washed with 5% aq. NLLOH. The layers were partitioned and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (4 x 5 mL). The combined organic portions were washed with sat. aq. NaCl (25 mL), dried over MgSO-*, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue so obtained was purified by silica (NFL deactivated; 10% MeOH : CH2CI2) to furnish compound 102 (1 mg). The 1H-NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) and MS (ESI) m/z 473 [M+H] + of compound 102 were obtained for characterization.
EXAMPLE 2
[0267] The compounds in Table 1 may be prepared according to the general Schemes discussed above where R5 is any group defined in Table 2 and R15 is any group defined in Table 3. Similarly, the compounds depicted in Table 4 can be prepared according the general Schemes discussed above and methods known in the art.
Table 1
Table 3
ΝΗ2 ίγγΝΗ2
Example 3-1
Growth Inhibition Assay (I)
[0268] HUVECs were seeded at 3000 cells/well in 96-well microculture plate (Costar flat bottom # 3997) in a total volume of 100 (jL/well. After 24 hours of incubation in a humidified incubator at 37°C with 5% C02 and 95% air, 100 iL of 2X, serially 1 :4 diluted test compounds in growth medium with a final maximal concentration of 10 μΜ (0.1% DMSO) were added to each well. After 72 hours of culture in a C02 incubator, the plated cells and Cell Titer-Glo® (Promega # G7571) reagents were brought to room temperature to equilibrate for 30 minutes. One hundred (100) μΐ, of the growth medium was removed and 50 μΐ, of Cell Titer- Glo® reagent was added to each well. The plate was shaken for 10 minutes and then left to equilibrate for 2 minutes before reading luminescence on the Tecan GENios microplate reader.
[0269] Percent inhibition of cell growth was calculated relative to untreated control wells. All tests were performed in eight replicates at each concentration level (total 10 concentrations 38 pM to 10 μΜ).Τ1ΐ6 IC50 value for the test agents was estimated using Prism 6.00 by curve-fitting the data. The results for selected compounds disclosed herein are indicated in the table of Example 10 below.
Example 3-2
Growth Inhibition Assay (II)
[0270] HUVEC cells are collected and counted. Cell suspensions are added to each well at a suitable density, with complete medium including endothelial cell growth supplements. The margin wells are filled with PBS. Test compounds at various concentrations (10 concentrations, 10 fold dilutions starting from 10μΜ) are added in duplicate and the cells were incubated for 72 h. After incubation, CellTiter-Glo® Reagent are added to each test well and mixed for 2 minutes on an orbital shaker. The plates are shortly centrifuged at 90g and incubated at room temperature for additional 10 minutes to stabilize the luminescent signal. Luminescence signals are detected on PHERAstar Plus. And data is collected in Microsoft excel forms and analyzed Graphpad Prism software.
[0271] Data analysis
[0272] Data were recorded by Pherastar and stored on the GenScript computer network for off-line analysis. Data acquisition and analysis were performed using MicroSoft Excel2007 and GraphPad Prism software. The potential effect of the testing compounds on cell proliferation was calculated by the formula below:
% Cell growth inhibition=100%-RLUsampie/RLU O.I%DMSO-
Example 4
CPRG-based Assay
[0273] HeLa-CD4-LTR-LacZ cells are plated at lxl 04 cells per well of a 96-well plate. Twenty- four hours later HIV-1 pNL4-3 is added in the presence of testing compound or DMSO control in a total volume of 200 μί. Forty hours post infection cells are disrupted in lysis buffer (60 mM Na2HPO4,40 mM NaH2P04, 10 mM KC1, 10 mM MgS04, 2.5 mM EDTA, 50 mM β-mercaptoethanol, 0.125% Nonidet P-40) and a quantitative chlorophenol red-β-Ο- galactopyranoside (CPRG)-based (Boehringer Mannheim) assay is performed. The cell extracts are incubated in a reaction buffer (0.9 M phosphate buffer [pH 7.4], 9 mM MgCl2, 11 mM β- mercaptoethanol, 7 mM CPRG) until a red color develops (from approximately 10 min to 4 h) and is measurable using an LP400 (Becton Dickinson) plate reader at 572 nm. Experiments are performed in triplicate.
Example 5
CD 8 Assay
[0274] A radiometric protein kinase assay (33PanQinase® Activity Assay) was used for measuring the kinase activity of the CDK8/CycC protein kinases. All kinase assays
were performed in 96-well FlashPlates™ from PerkinElmer (Boston, MA, USA) in a 50 reaction volume. The reaction cocktail was pipetted in four steps in the following order:
1. 20 μΐ, of assay buffer (standard buffer)
2. 5 μΐ. of ATP solution (in H20)
3. 5 μΐ. of test compound (in 10 % DMSO)
4. 20 μΐ^ enzyme/subtrate mix
[0275] The assay for all protein kinases contained 70 mM HEPES-NaOH pH 7.5, 3 mM MgCl2, 3 mM MnCl2, 3 μΜ Na-orthovanadate, 1.2 mM DTT, 50 μ^πιΐ PEG20ooo, ATP cone. (3 μΜ, [γ-33Ρ]-ΑΤΡ (approx. 1 x 1006 cpm per well), protein kinase (CDK8/CycC, ProQinase Lot 002, Kinase Cone. 50 ¾/50μΕ, Kinase Cone. 8.3 nM), Substrate Name (RBER- IRStide, Substrate Lot 006, Substrate 1 μg/50μL). The reaction cocktails were incubated at 30° C for 60 minutes. The reaction was stopped with 50 μΐ, of 2 % (v/v) H3P04, plates were aspirated and washed two times with 200 μΐ, 0.9 % (w/v) NaCl. Incorporation of 33P; was determined with a microplate scintillation counter (Microbeta, Wallac). All assays were performed with a BeckmanCoulter/SAGIAN™ Core System. The results for selected compounds disclosed herein are indicated in the table of Example 10 below.
Example 6
Multiple Myeloma Experimental Procedures
[0276] OPM-2 cells were seeded at 3000 cells/well in 96-well microculture plate (Costar flat bottom # 3997) in a total volume of 100 μίΛνεΙΙ. After 24 hours of incubation in a humidified incubator at 37 °C with 5% C02 and 95% air, 100 μΐ, of 2X, serially 1 :4 diluted SMD-1001 analogs in growth medium with a final maximal concentration of 10 μΜ (0.1% DMSO) were added to each well. After 72 hours of culture in a C02 incubator, the plated cells and Cell Titer-Glo® (Promega # G7571) reagents were brought to room temperature to equilibrate for 30 minutes. One hundred (100) μΐ, of the growth medium was removed and 50 μΐ^ of Cell Titer-Glo® reagent was added to each well. The plate was shaken for 10 minutes and then left to equilibrate for 2 minutes before reading luminescence on the Tecan GENios microplate reader. Percent inhibition of cell growth was calculated relative to untreated control wells. All tests were performed in eight replicates at each concentration level (total 10 concentrations 38 pM to 10 μΜ).
[0277] The IC50 value for the test agents was estimated using Prism 6.00 by curve- fitting the data using the following four parameter-logistic equation:
Top - Bottom
[0278] where Top is the maximal % of control absorbance, Bottom is the minimal % of control absorbance at the highest agent concentration, Y is the % of control absorbance, X is the agent concentration, IC50 is the concentration of agent that inhibits cell growth by 50% compared to the control cells, and n is the slope of the curve. The results for selected compounds disclosed herein are indicated in the table of Example 10 below.
Example 7
P24 Assay Methods
[0279] HIV particles were initially prepared by transient transfection of 293T cells with the pro viral HIV-1 pNL4-3 DNA (1) or ROD/A. Virus stocks for infections were produced by amplification of the virus by acutely infecting CEM-SS cells with HIV-1 pNL4-3 and concentration by ultracentrifugation of the cell supernatant. Virus titers were determined with HIV-1 p24 ELISA from AdvancesBioscience Laboratories. Results were reported as LacZ expression as a percent of DMSO control and the dose response curve fitted to determine IC50. The results for selected compounds disclosed herein are indicated in the table of Example 10 below.
Example 8
Age-related Macular Degeneration Choroidal Neovascularization Dose Response Experimental Procedures
[0280] Age-related Macular Degeneration testing uses adult C57BL/6 mice. On day 1 the mice receive laser treatments to the retina of a single eye. In addition mice receive a single intravitreal injection of of the test compound in vehicle (PBS) to the laser treated eye. The volume of the injection is 2 μΕ. On day 14 post laser treatment the mice are euthanized by cardiac perfusion with FITC-conjugated dextran/4% paraformaldehyde/PBS. Eyes are harvested for analysis. Six mice per group are used (Vehicle, 1 nM dCA, 10 nM dCA, 100 nM dCA, 1 μΜ dCA, 10 μΜ dCA) for a total of 36 adult C57BL/6 mice. Controls include laser eyes injected with PBS.
Example 9
NCI-60 DTP Human Tumor Cell Line Screen
[0281] The human tumor cell lines of the cancer screening panel are grown in RPMI 1640 medium containing 5% fetal bovine serum and 2 mM L-glutamine. For a typical screening experiment, cells are inoculated into 96 well microtiter plates in 100 at plating densities ranging from 5,000 to 40,000 cells/well depending on the doubling time of individual cell lines. After cell inoculation, the microtiter plates are incubated at 37° C, 5 % C02, 95 % air and 100 % relative humidity for 24 h prior to addition of experimental drugs.
[0282] After 24 h, two plates of each cell line are fixed in situ with TCA, to represent a measurement of the cell population for each cell line at the time of drug addition (Tz). Experimental drugs are solubilized in dimethyl sulfoxide at 400-fold the desired final maximum test concentration and stored frozen prior to use. At the time of drug addition, an aliquot of frozen concentrate is thawed and diluted to twice the desired final maximum test concentration with complete medium containing 50 μg/ml gentamicin. Additional four, 10-fold or ½ log serial dilutions are made to provide a total of five drug concentrations plus control. Aliquots of 100 of these different drug dilutions are added to the appropriate microtiter wells already containing 100 μΐ, of medium, resulting in the required final drug concentrations.
[0283] Following drug addition, the plates are incubated for an additional 48 h at 37°C, 5 % C02, 95 % air, and 100 % relative humidity. For adherent cells, the assay is terminated by the addition of cold TCA. Cells are fixed in situ by the gentle addition of 50 μΐ^ of cold 50 % (w/v) TCA (final concentration, 10 % TCA) and incubated for 60 minutes at 4°C. The supernatant is discarded, and the plates are washed five times with tap water and air dried. Sulforhodamine B (SRB) solution (100 μΐ) at 0.4 % (w/v) in 1 % acetic acid is added to each well, and plates are incubated for 10 minutes at room temperature. After staining, unbound dye is removed by washing five times with 1 % acetic acid and the plates are air dried. Bound stain is subsequently solubilized with 10 mM trizma base, and the absorbance is read on an automated plate reader at a wavelength of 515 nm. For suspension cells, the methodology is the same except that the assay is terminated by fixing settled cells at the bottom of the wells by gently adding 50 μΐ of 80 % TCA (final concentration, 16 % TCA). Using the seven absorbance measurements [time zero, (Tz), control growth, (C), and test growth in the presence of drug at the five concentration levels (Ti)], the percentage growth is calculated at each of the drug concentrations levels. Percentage growth inhibition is calculated as:
[(Ti-Tz)/(C-Tz)] x 100 for concentrations for which Ti>/=Tz
[(Ti-Tz)/Tz] x 100 for concentrations for which Ti<Tz.
[0284] Three dose response parameters are calculated for each experimental agent. Growth inhibition of 50 % (GI50) is calculated from [(Ti-Tz)/(C-Tz)] x 100 = 50, which is the drug concentration resulting in a 50% reduction in the net protein increase (as measured by SRB staining) in control cells during the drug incubation. The drug concentration resulting in total growth inhibition (TGI) is calculated from Ti = Tz. The LC50 (concentration of drug resulting in a 50% reduction in the measured protein at the end of the drug treatment as compared to that at the beginning) indicating a net loss of cells following treatment is calculated from [(Ti-Tz)/Tz] x 100 = -50. Values are calculated for each of these three parameters if the level of activity is reached; however, if the effect is not reached or is exceeded, the value for that parameter is expressed as greater or less than the maximum or minimum concentration tested.
[0285] Dedihydrocortistatin A was screened using the above-described procedure. Dedihydrocortistatin A showed negative growth percent for Ml 4 - melanoma and UACC-62 melanoma cell lines indicating a cytotoxic effect. Additionally, Dedihydrocortistatin A showed cytostatic effects for leukemia/multiple myeloma cell lines.
Example 10
Examples of activity:
[0286] wherein:
A indicates an ICso of<100nM
B indicates an ICso of ΙΟΟηΜ to Ι μΜ
C indicates an ICso of > Ι μΜ
HIV
STRUCTURE HUVEC1 HUVEC2 CDK8 Myeloma
(Lacz) OPM-2
OH
- - - - B
121
1) Example 3-1; 2) Example 3-2
[0287] While one or more embodiments of the present disclosure have been described, it will be understood by those of ordinary skill in the art that various changes in form and details may be made therein without departing from the spirit and scope of the present embodiments as defined by the following claims.
Claims
WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A compound of Formula I:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
wherein:
n is 1 or 3;
p is 1 or 3;
q is 1 or 3;
each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted hydroxyl, an optionally substituted amino, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato, nitro, -OC(=0)CH3, a urea, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally two geminal R2 together with the atom to which they are attached is an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, or optionally substituted 3-7 membered heterocycle ring, or optionally two adjacent R2 together with the atoms to which they are attached is an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl or optionally substituted 3-7 membered heterocycle ring;
each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato, nitro, -OC(=0)CH3, a urea, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally two geminal R3 together with the atom to which they are attached is an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl or optionally substituted 3-7 membered heterocycle ring, or optionally two adjacent R3 together
with the atoms to which they are attached is an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl or optionally substituted 3-7 membered heterocycle ring;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of -L1-R5A, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
L1 is selected from the group consisting of-NHC(=0)-, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl;
R5A is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, -SH, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, -SH, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, or optionally R6 and R7 together are oxygen or sulfur;
R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl;
each R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl;
R11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, or optionally R10 and R11 together are oxo;
each R12 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, -OC(=0)CH3, a urea, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl; and
each dashed line independently represents an optional double bond,
with the proviso that at least one of R2, R3 or R12 is not hydrogen,
or with the proviso that when n is 1, p is 1, q is 1, and R2, R3 and R12 are hydrogen then
R is not
The compound of claim 1 having the structure of Formula la
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R12 is hydrogen.
3. The compound of claim 1 or 2,
wherein:
each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted hydroxyl, and an optionally substituted amino;
each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and hydroxy, or optionally two adjacent R2 together with the atoms to which they are attached is an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl;
each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato, and an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl; and
R10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci-C6 alkyl; and
R11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci-C6 alkyl.
4. The compound of any one of claims 1 - 3,
wherein:
each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, and -N(Methyl)2;
each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, and hydroxy, or optionally two adjacent R2 together with the atoms to which they are attached is an optionally substituted cyclopropyl;
each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato, methyl, and trifluoromethyl;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of -L1-R5A and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
L1 is selected from the group consisting of -NHC(=0)-, C1-C3 alkyl, and an optionally substituted C2-C4 alkenyl;
R5A
is an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl; and
R11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl.
5. A compound of Formula II :
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
wherein:
q is 1 or 3;
each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted hydroxyl, an optionally substituted amino, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato, nitro, -OC(=0)CH3, a urea, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl,
an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally the two R3 together with the atom to which they are attached is an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl or optionally substituted 3-7 membered heterocycle ring;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of -L1-R5A, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
L1 is selected from the group consisting of-NHC(=0)-, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl;
R5A is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, -SH, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl;
R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
each R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl;
R11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, or optionally R10 and R11 together are oxo;
each R12 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, -OC(=0)CH3, a urea, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl; and
each dashed line independently represents an optional double bond.
6. The compound of claim 5,
wherein:
each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted hydroxyl, and an optionally substituted amino;
R2 is hydrogen or C1-C3 alkyl;
each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato, and an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl;
R10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci-C6 alkyl; and
R11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and Ci-C6 alkyl.
7. The compound of claim 5 having the structure of Formula Ila:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R is hydrogen.
8. The compound of any one of claims 5 - 7,
wherein:
each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, and -N(Methyl)2;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of -L1-R5A and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
L1 is selected from the group consisting of -NHC(=0)-, C1-C3 alkyl, and C2-C4 alkenyl; and
R5A is an optionally substituted heteroaryl.
9. A compound of Formula III:
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
wherein:
p is 1 or 3;
q is 1 or 3;
each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted hydroxyl, an optionally substituted amino, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R2A is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato, nitro, -OC(=0)CH3, a urea, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R2B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato, nitro, -OC(=0)CH3, a urea, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally R2A and R2B together with the atoms to which they are attached is an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl or optionally substituted 3-7 membered heterocycle ring;
each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci- C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally two adjacent R3 together with the atoms to which they are attached is an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl or optionally substituted 3-7 membered heterocycle ring;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of -L1-R5A, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
L1 is selected from the group consisting of-NHC(=0)-, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl;
R5A is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, -SH, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, -SH, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, or optionally R6 and R7 together are oxygen or sulfur;
R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl;
each R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl;
R11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, or optionally R10 and R11 together are oxo;
each R12 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, -OC(=0)CH3, a urea, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl; and
each dashed line independently represents an optional double bond.
10. A compound of Formula IV:
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
wherein:
n is 1 or 3;
q is 1 or 3;
each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted hydroxyl, an optionally substituted amino, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato, nitro, -OC(=0)CH3, a urea, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally two adjacent R2 together with the atoms to which they are attached is an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl or optionally substituted 3-7 membered heterocycle ring;
R3A is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato, nitro, -OC(=0)CH3, a urea, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R3B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, thiocyanato, nitro, -OC(=0)CH3, a urea, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl, or optionally R3A and R3B together with the atoms to which they are attached is an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl or optionally substituted 3-7 membered heterocycl ring;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of -L1-R5A, an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
L1 is selected from the group consisting of-NHC(=0)-, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl;
R5A is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted aryl, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, -SH, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, -SH, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, and an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, or optionally R6 and R7 together are oxygen or sulfur;
R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl;
each R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R10 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl;
R11 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, or optionally R10 and R11 together are oxo;
each R12 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, nitro, -OC(=0)CH3, a urea, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkyl, an optionally substituted Ci-C6 alkoxy, an optionally substituted C3-C7 cycloalkyl, an optionally substituted aryl, and an optionally substituted heteroaryl; and
each dashed line independently represents an optional double bond.
1 1. A compound selected from the group consisting of the structures depicted in Table 4, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
12. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a compound according to any one of claims 1-1 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, excipient or combination thereof.
13. A method of inhibiting angiogenesis, comprising administering a compound according to any one of claims 1-11 to a subject in need thereof.
14. The method of claim 13, wherein angiogenesis is inhibited in a cancerous tumor.
15. The method of claim 14, wherein the cancer is selected from the group consisting of a carcinoma, a sarcoma, a lymphoma, and a blastoma.
16. The method of claim 14, wherein the cancer is selected from the group consisting of bladder cancer, breast cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, endometrial cancer, kidney cancer, lung cancer, melanoma, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, glioblastoma, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, and thyroid cancer.
17. The method of claim 13, wherein the angiogenesis is inhibited in a condition selected from the group consisting of diabetic blindness, age-related macular degeneration, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, systematic lupus erythematosus, proliferative retinopathy, and atherosclerosis.
18. A method of treating a disease selected from the group consisting of bladder cancer, breast cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, endometrial cancer, kidney cancer, lung cancer, melanoma, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, leukemia, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, thyroid cancer, diabetic blindness, age-related macular degeneration, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, systematic lupus erythematosus, erythematosus, proliferative retinopathy, and atherosclerosis, comprising administering a compound according to any one of claims 1-11 to a subject in need thereof.
19. A method of inhibiting HIV replication, comprising administering a compound according to any one of claims 1-11 to a subject infected with HIV.
20. A method of preventing an HIV infection, comprising administering a compound according to any one of claims 1-11 to a subject at risk for said infection.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201361761169P | 2013-02-05 | 2013-02-05 | |
US61/761,169 | 2013-02-05 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2014123900A1 true WO2014123900A1 (en) | 2014-08-14 |
Family
ID=51300084
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2014/014668 WO2014123900A1 (en) | 2013-02-05 | 2014-02-04 | Anti-cancer and anti-hiv compounds |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2014123900A1 (en) |
Cited By (17)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN105237380A (en) * | 2015-10-20 | 2016-01-13 | 淄博夸克医药技术有限公司 | Triterpene compound used for treating ovarian cancer and preparation method of triterpene compound |
CN105439989A (en) * | 2015-12-31 | 2016-03-30 | 胡文杰 | Novel diterpenoid compounds as well as preparation method and medicine application thereof |
US9994582B2 (en) | 2013-12-24 | 2018-06-12 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Cortistatin analogues and syntheses and uses thereof |
WO2018139660A1 (en) | 2017-01-30 | 2018-08-02 | 国立大学法人京都大学 | Novel compound, and method for producing regulatory t cells |
WO2019068613A1 (en) | 2017-10-02 | 2019-04-11 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | New [1,6]naphthyridine compounds and derivatives as cdk8/cdk19 inhibitors |
US10273240B2 (en) | 2015-05-08 | 2019-04-30 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Cortistatin analogues, syntheses, and uses thereof |
US10273264B2 (en) | 2015-07-01 | 2019-04-30 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Cortistatin analogues and syntheses and uses thereof |
EP3394072A4 (en) * | 2015-12-23 | 2019-05-29 | President and Fellows of Harvard College | ANALOGUES OF CORTISTATIN AND USES THEREOF |
CN109824686A (en) * | 2019-02-22 | 2019-05-31 | 西北农林科技大学 | Bird's nest type diterpenoid compound, preparation method and application thereof |
US11566003B2 (en) | 2017-03-30 | 2023-01-31 | Genentech, Inc. | Isoquinolines as inhibitors of HPK1 |
US11612606B2 (en) | 2018-10-03 | 2023-03-28 | Genentech, Inc. | 8-aminoisoquinoline compounds and uses thereof |
WO2023048275A1 (en) | 2021-09-27 | 2023-03-30 | 国立大学法人京都大学 | Method for producing t cell |
WO2023095801A1 (en) | 2021-11-24 | 2023-06-01 | レグセル株式会社 | Human inducibility controllable t-cell and method for preparing same |
WO2023095802A1 (en) | 2021-11-24 | 2023-06-01 | レグセル株式会社 | Pharmaceutical composition for treating or preventing t cell-related disorders |
WO2023182328A1 (en) | 2022-03-23 | 2023-09-28 | 国立大学法人京都大学 | Method for producing regulatory t cells |
WO2024071010A1 (en) | 2022-09-26 | 2024-04-04 | 国立大学法人京都大学 | T cell production method |
WO2024071039A1 (en) | 2022-09-26 | 2024-04-04 | レグセル株式会社 | Induced regulatory t cells containing chimeric antigen receptor (car) |
Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2012096934A2 (en) * | 2011-01-10 | 2012-07-19 | The Scripps Research Institute | Inhibitors of retroviral replication |
-
2014
- 2014-02-04 WO PCT/US2014/014668 patent/WO2014123900A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2012096934A2 (en) * | 2011-01-10 | 2012-07-19 | The Scripps Research Institute | Inhibitors of retroviral replication |
Non-Patent Citations (3)
Title |
---|
GUILLAUME MOUSSEAU ET AL.: "An analog of the natural steroidal alkaloid Cortistatin A potently suppresses Tat dependent HIV transcription", CELL HOST MICROBE., vol. 12, no. 1, 2012, pages 97 - 108 * |
RYAN A. SHENVI ET AL.: "Synthesis of (+)-Cortistatin A", J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 130, 2008, pages 7241 - 7243 * |
YASUO WATANABE ET AL.: "Cortistatins E, F, G, and H, four novel steroidal alkaloids from marine sponge Corticium simplex", TETRAHEDRON, vol. 63, 2007, pages 4074 - 4079 * |
Cited By (20)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10273241B2 (en) | 2013-12-24 | 2019-04-30 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Cortistatin analogues and syntheses and uses thereof |
US10508121B2 (en) | 2013-12-24 | 2019-12-17 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Cortistatin analogues and syntheses and uses thereof |
US9994582B2 (en) | 2013-12-24 | 2018-06-12 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Cortistatin analogues and syntheses and uses thereof |
US10273240B2 (en) | 2015-05-08 | 2019-04-30 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Cortistatin analogues, syntheses, and uses thereof |
US10273264B2 (en) | 2015-07-01 | 2019-04-30 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Cortistatin analogues and syntheses and uses thereof |
CN105237380A (en) * | 2015-10-20 | 2016-01-13 | 淄博夸克医药技术有限公司 | Triterpene compound used for treating ovarian cancer and preparation method of triterpene compound |
EP3394072A4 (en) * | 2015-12-23 | 2019-05-29 | President and Fellows of Harvard College | ANALOGUES OF CORTISTATIN AND USES THEREOF |
CN105439989A (en) * | 2015-12-31 | 2016-03-30 | 胡文杰 | Novel diterpenoid compounds as well as preparation method and medicine application thereof |
WO2018139660A1 (en) | 2017-01-30 | 2018-08-02 | 国立大学法人京都大学 | Novel compound, and method for producing regulatory t cells |
US11566003B2 (en) | 2017-03-30 | 2023-01-31 | Genentech, Inc. | Isoquinolines as inhibitors of HPK1 |
WO2019068613A1 (en) | 2017-10-02 | 2019-04-11 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | New [1,6]naphthyridine compounds and derivatives as cdk8/cdk19 inhibitors |
US11612606B2 (en) | 2018-10-03 | 2023-03-28 | Genentech, Inc. | 8-aminoisoquinoline compounds and uses thereof |
CN109824686A (en) * | 2019-02-22 | 2019-05-31 | 西北农林科技大学 | Bird's nest type diterpenoid compound, preparation method and application thereof |
CN109824686B (en) * | 2019-02-22 | 2021-07-06 | 西北农林科技大学 | Bird's nest type diterpenoid compound, preparation method and application thereof |
WO2023048275A1 (en) | 2021-09-27 | 2023-03-30 | 国立大学法人京都大学 | Method for producing t cell |
WO2023095801A1 (en) | 2021-11-24 | 2023-06-01 | レグセル株式会社 | Human inducibility controllable t-cell and method for preparing same |
WO2023095802A1 (en) | 2021-11-24 | 2023-06-01 | レグセル株式会社 | Pharmaceutical composition for treating or preventing t cell-related disorders |
WO2023182328A1 (en) | 2022-03-23 | 2023-09-28 | 国立大学法人京都大学 | Method for producing regulatory t cells |
WO2024071010A1 (en) | 2022-09-26 | 2024-04-04 | 国立大学法人京都大学 | T cell production method |
WO2024071039A1 (en) | 2022-09-26 | 2024-04-04 | レグセル株式会社 | Induced regulatory t cells containing chimeric antigen receptor (car) |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
WO2014123900A1 (en) | Anti-cancer and anti-hiv compounds | |
US11787801B2 (en) | Protein kinase inhibitors, preparation method and medical use thereof | |
TWI772291B (en) | Substituted pyrrolopyrimidine CDK inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions containing the same and uses thereof | |
AU2016380190B2 (en) | Deuterated compounds for treating cancer and related diseases and conditions, and compositions and methods thereof | |
WO2015158310A1 (en) | Tyrosine kinase inhibitor and uses thereof | |
TWI669300B (en) | Pyrimidine derivatives, its preparation method, its pharmaceutical composition and its use in medicine | |
KR20070104935A (en) | Antitumor agents | |
CN110891576A (en) | Treatment of cancer using a combination comprising a PARP inhibitor, temozolomide and/or radiation therapy | |
US10633399B2 (en) | Functionalized aminobenzoboroxoles | |
WO2018081612A1 (en) | Compounds and methods for treating cancer | |
US11858938B2 (en) | Imidazo-fused heterocycles and uses thereof | |
US20190135747A1 (en) | Indole and indazole cyanocinnamate compounds and therapeutic uses thereof | |
EP4562017A1 (en) | Novel acc inhibitors | |
TW202438497A (en) | Allosteric inhibitors of SHP2 phosphatase | |
US9796753B2 (en) | N-substituted indenoisoquinolines and syntheses thereof | |
WO2020156505A1 (en) | 2-amionpyrimidine derivative, preparation method therefor and application thereof in medicines | |
WO2023030335A1 (en) | Compound as tyk2/jak1 pseudokinase domain inhibitor, and synthesis and use methods | |
CN107428762B (en) | Phthalazinone derivatives, preparation method and use thereof | |
WO2023217093A1 (en) | Prodrug activation of n-oxides by radiotherapy | |
JP2017503006A (en) | Protein kinase inhibitor | |
WO2015074138A1 (en) | Protein kinase inhibitors | |
WO2017165300A1 (en) | Indole and indazole compounds and therapeutic uses thereof | |
WO2018165466A1 (en) | Indole and indazole compounds and therapeutic uses thereof | |
HK1261379A1 (en) | Deuterated compounds for treating cancer and compositions and methods thereof | |
HK1261379B (en) | Deuterated compounds for treating cancer and compositions and methods thereof |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 14748664 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 14748664 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |